Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Wilmington

Wilmington

wil · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker wil
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Wilmington
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
W

i

l

m

i

n

g

t

o

n

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

F

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

S

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

0

J

u

n

e

2

0

1

9

Annual Report and Financial Statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Building 
 momentum

Wilmington continues to lead as the partner of choice 
for information, education and networking in Risk and 
Compliance, Healthcare and Professional markets.

Why invest?

Clear vision and focus
Building momentum to achieve organic 
growth and drive shareholder value.

Strong positions in well-funded 
professional markets
Well recognised brands and leading 
market positions supported by experts 
across the business.

1.5%

organic revenue growth

24+

years’ experience

High proportion of subscription 
and repeatable revenues
Creating consistent and sustainable revenue 
streams as a trusted partner in information, 
education and networking.

Digital learning leader
Recognised as an innovator of digital learning 
solutions to enhance training experiences.

77%

30%

total training revenues now from 
digital learning

High conversion of operating 
profit into cash
Strongly cash generative business 
reflected by 123% conversion of operating 
profit into cash 

Progressive dividend policy

123%

3%

growth in total dividend

Read more on our strategy on page 18

Strategic Report
02  Highlights
04  At a glance
06  Chairman’s statement
08  Chief Executive Q&A

11 

 Case study – Building consistent 
and sustainable revenue 
streams in Bond Solon

12  Review of operations
18  Strategy

22 

24 

 Key performance indicators/
operational measures

 Case study – ICA and our 
online journey

26  Sustainability report
28  Financial review

31 

32 

 Case study – New product 
development APMi

 Risks and uncertainties facing 
the business

Our Governance
40  Board of Directors
42  Corporate Governance Report
47  Audit Committee report
49  Nomination Committee report
50  Directors’ remuneration report
 Directors’ report and other 
statutory information

64 

66 

 Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities in respect 
of the financial statements

Independent auditors’ report 

Financial Statements
67 
72  Consolidated income statement
 Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

73 

74  Balance sheet
76  Statements of changes in equity
77  Cash flow statements
78  Notes to the financial statements 
117   Pro forma five year financial 
summary (unaudited)

118  Advisors and corporate calendar

01

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsHighlights

Another year 
of progress

Revenues for the year £’m

£122.5m
+1%

Adjusted EBITA2 £’m

£21.5m
-9.7%

Adjusted profit before tax3 £’m

£19.3m
-11.5%

120.3

121.3

122.5

105.7

95.1

22.0

19.5

23.4

23.8

21.5

20.3

21.4

21.8

19.3

17.5

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Organic revenue1 up

1.5%
2018: -3%

Adjusted EBITA margins

17.6%
2018: 19.6%

Profit before tax

£14.7m
2018: 2.3m

Adjusted earnings per share4 p

Total dividends p

17.44p
-11.9%

19.05

19.8

18.17

17.44

15.57

9.1p
3%

7.7

8.1

Group net debt £’m

£33.9m

8.5

8.8

9.1

40

39.6

33.9

34.7

28.6

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Basic earnings per share 

12.74p
2018: -0.45p

Final dividend

5.0p
2018: 4.8p

Strong cash conversion5 at

123%
2018: 108%

02

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Strategic ReportOperational highlights
•  6% organic growth in Risk & Compliance driven mainly 
by double digit growth in the main Compliance business

Current trading and outlook
•  Trading in first two months of year in line with Board 
expectations with revenue growth on prior year 

•  Strong demand for online courses and bespoke 

•  Promising sales performance in first two months 

in-house programmes

in all three divisions

• 

Investment in new platform for Compliance Week 
and new courses developed for wealth management

•  Full year organic revenue growth expected to be in low 

to mid single digit range

1 

 Organic – eliminating the effects of exchange rate fluctuations and the impact 
of acquisitions and disposals.

2  Adjusted EBITA – see note 2.

3  Adjusted profit before tax – see note 2.

4  Adjusted earnings per share – see note 9.

5  Cash conversion – see note 28.

•  Axco secured a number of multi-year renewals with 

major customers

•  Healthcare division recovered from a challenging 
prior year to achieve 1% organic revenue growth 

•  New business sales in UK improved as 
business started to see benefits of prior 
year integration activities

•  Success of new product, APMi in France 

supported strong underlying performance

•  US events business had good second half led by 

flagship RISE event for which revenue was up 30% 
year-on-year

• 

Interactive Medica platform integrated with existing 
UK data products to enhance user experience

•  Professional impacted by UK economic/political 
climate particularly in second half. Resulted in 2% 
organic revenue decline

•  Accountancy integrated its Mercia and SWAT 

businesses into a single brand

•  Strong performance in Legal by Bond Solon in 

witness familiarisation and in winning framework 
contracts for regulatory training

• 

Investment banking business transitioned to new 
learning management system and launched 
student dashboard 

•  Mark Milner joined as Chief Executive Officer 

on 1 July 2019

03

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsAt a glance

Turning knowledge 
into advantage

Wilmington is a dynamic portfolio of companies that provide tailored information, education and events to 
specialised professional communities. We are experts in our customers’ markets, and we help them to better 
understand and overcome their challenges by providing insight, managing risk and creating connections.

Our tailored information, education and events are trusted by our clients to provide insight, manage risk and 
create connections. With the vision to provide personalised knowledge wherever and whenever they need it, 
we are helping our clients to better understand their professional challenges.

UK revenue

57%

Europe revenue
(excluding UK)

18%

North America 
revenue

17%

Rest of the 
world revenue

8%

The Group has offices in the following 
locations (UK unless otherwise stated):
•  London (head office)
•  Birmingham
•  Boston, US
•  Charlotte, US
•  Dubai, UAE
•  Dublin, Ireland
•  Essex
•  Glasgow
•  Hong Kong
•  Leicester

•  Madrid, Spain
•  New York, US
•  Newry
•  Paris, France
•  Plymouth
•  Santa Cruz, US
•  Singapore
•  Stockholm, Sweden
•  West Yorkshire

04

The Group’s largest revenue generating 
countries that account for 95% of total 
revenue are:
•  UK
•  US
•  France
•  Spain
•  Singapore
•  Republic of Ireland
•  Germany
•  Hong Kong
•  Switzerland

•  Malaysia
•  Channel Islands
•  United Arab Emirates
•  Finland
•  Denmark

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Strategic ReportFocussed on three 
key knowledge areas

Wilmington’s strength is based on the talented people we have working in our business. Our highly regarded 
subject matter experts are renowned in their markets – trusted not only for their expertise and knowledge, 
but also for the way that they convey it.

We are building on our strong reputation for must-have information by enhancing the way it is delivered – developing 
more personalised digital services using our enhanced infrastructure, cutting-edge facilities and technical 
expertise. We continue to serve our professional communities worldwide, working hard to ensure they have 
the trusted information they need to prepare for the future.

Risk & Compliance

Healthcare

Professional

This division provides in-depth 
accredited regulatory and compliance 
training and information, market 
intelligence, and analysis. It focusses 
on the international financial services 
and insurance markets as well as the UK 
pensions industry. The main communities 
that use our offerings are risk and 
compliance officers globally.

The Healthcare division provides 
analysis and clarity to customer-focussed 
organisations predominantly in the 
healthcare and life science markets, 
enabling them to better understand and 
connect with their markets. This division 
includes our UK healthcare information 
businesses, our Paris based European 
healthcare news agency, our newly 
acquired cloud based marketing and 
analytics system, our healthcare 
networking events and our legacy 
non-healthcare data suppression and 
charity information businesses. The main 
communities that use our offerings are 
healthcare professionals predominantly 
in the UK, France and the US.

This division includes Wilmington’s 
financial training businesses, accountancy 
CPD business and our repositioned legal 
product lines. The Professional division 
provides expert and technical training as 
well as support services to professionals 
in corporate finance and capital markets 
and to qualified lawyers and accountants 
in the UK in both the profession and in 
industry. This division serves primarily 
Tier 1 banks, the international financial 
services industry, US capital markets 
and small to medium sized UK 
accountancy and law firms.

Risk & Compliance revenue

£42.4m
(2018: £42.1m)

35+

35%
of Group revenue 
(2018: 35%)

Healthcare revenue

£46.3m
(2018: £44.7m)

38+

38%
of Group revenue 
(2018: 37%)

Professional revenue

£33.8m
(2018: £34.5m)

27+

27%
of Group revenue 
(2018: 28%)

Read more on page 12

Read more on page 14

Read more on page 16

05

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements65
+
L
73
+
L
62
+
L
Chairman’s statement

Focussed 
on delivering 
organic 
revenue 
growth

•  Maintaining and building on the momentum 
achieved over the last twelve months is key 
to our aspirations for the new financial year. 

•  With a portfolio of strong brands operating 
in markets with good long term growth 
prospects we remain committed to unlocking 
the significant shareholder value we believe 
exists within the Group.

I am pleased to present my report on the year ended 30 June 2019. 
We made progress on our objective of focussing the Group on delivering 
organic revenue growth. We built momentum through the year despite 
having to deal with the current uncertainties in the political and economic 
climate. We completed a thorough, consultant led review of our business, 
and instigated a bottom up three year planning exercise for the first time. 
And of course at the start of the new financial year we were delighted 
to welcome Mark Milner who joined us as Chief Executive Officer, at 
which point I resumed my role as Non-Executive Chairman. I very much 
look forward to working with Mark and collaborating with him to unlock 
the potential for increased shareholder value that I believe exists within 
our portfolio of businesses.

Summary of results
Overall financial performance was mixed. Revenue of £122.5m (2018: 
£121.3m following restatement for adoption of IFRS15) represented a 
modest organic growth rate of 1.5% but demonstrated an encouraging 
shift in momentum given the declines suffered in the previous two years. 
However due to previously signalled increases in costs, partly through 
investments in infrastructure and product development, adjusted profit 
before tax is down year-on-year at £19.3m (2018 restated: £21.8m). 
Statutory profit before tax is up at £14.7m (2018 restated: £2.3m), but 
this is because of the impact of both one-off costs from last year 
which did not repeat and a gain this year from the disposal completed 
at the start of the year. However, cash generation was strong with net 
debt decreasing by £5.7m to £33.9m (30 June 2018: £39.6m). 

The performance in the year was achieved against a backdrop of some 
difficult trading conditions, in particular impacting the Professional division, 
where the political and economic uncertainty gripping the UK economy 
impacted demand for training courses and resulted in a 2% organic 
revenue decline. Offsetting that, Risk & Compliance delivered good 6% 
organic revenue growth, and within that our core Compliance business 
ICA achieved double digit growth. Meanwhile, the Healthcare division 
has been recovering from a challenging prior year. It achieved 1% 
organic revenue growth with a 5% decline in H1 more than offset by 
improved momentum in H2. 

Dividend
In recognition of the progress that has been made and its confidence in 
the future prospects of the Group, the Board is maintaining the previous 
progressive dividend policy that has been in place since 2013/14. At the 
AGM in November it will be proposed that the final dividend be increased 
4% to 5.0p (2018: 4.8p). Taken in conjunction with the increased interim 
dividend paid in April this takes the full year dividend to 9.1p, up 3% from 
the 8.8p paid in 2018. This was covered 1.9 times in the year by adjusted 
earnings per share. The Board is comfortable with this level of cover 
although its medium term intention is to rebuild cover to two times 
adjusted earnings per share whilst maintaining the progressive 
dividend policy.

Strategic ReportStrategy and Business Review 
As mentioned in the last Annual Report, following my appointment and 
the negative trading update in July 2018, in conjunction with the rest of the 
Board I initiated a thorough review of the business. In order to obtain an 
independent assessment we engaged a firm of consultants to support 
us. Working with senior management their remit was to analyse our key 
markets and competitors, and to assess our relative positions in them. 
The work included an extensive programme of customer referencing 
and analysis to ascertain the underlying growth rates and identify trends 
within our key markets. These external findings were supplemented by 
some detailed analysis of our internal commercial performance. 

The review concluded positively. It supports the Board’s view that 
Wilmington has the opportunity to return to being a growth business, 
through operationally executing to a high standard. 

It found that Wilmington is generally operating in healthy but competitive 
markets; that we have strong market shares with number one or two 
positions; that brand recognition and respect for what we offer is high 
and is coupled with good rates of repeat purchasing. Of course it also 
found that our markets are changing, for example in the way information 
is being consumed and in the switch to digital learning. It appears that 
we are not facing significant imminent disruptive change but it is my 
observation that there has been insufficient investment in new products 
and services over the last few years as the Group focussed on expanding 
through acquisition. The review generated ideas about how our core 
businesses might develop their product offerings, and subsequent to 
that we instigated a three year planning process undertaken at a business 
unit level rather than at group level which had been the case previously. 
That process has allowed us to identify, by business, product roadmaps 
to generate new revenues, which in turn is informing investment decisions. 
It is supported by a process introduced earlier in the year that has 
introduced new rigour into investment decision-making. 

The review also identified some challenges with the strategy we were 
pursuing in Healthcare, and as a result the Board subsequently decided 
to move our focus away from building a pan-European healthcare 
information business, in favour of concentrating on the UK and France 
where we already occupy good positions. 

Finally, the review also supported the Board’s decision made last summer 
to focus on improving organic growth for the time being in preference 
to prioritising acquisitions. My observation whilst undertaking the interim 
Executive role is that this needs to be complemented by a heightened 
emphasis on sales and marketing execution and on streamlining the 
organisation to enable it to move at a faster pace. These are the top 
priorities for Mark in his role as our new CEO. 

Board changes
Mark joined us immediately after the year end on 1 July 2019. 
His experience in digital data businesses and his extensive background 
in sales and marketing are key strengths that we believe are hugely 
relevant to and important for Wilmington. He has hit the ground running 
and is already making a positive impact on the business. His predecessor, 
Pedro Ros left the business on 13 February 2019 and I fulfilled the Executive 
role in the interim period supported by Richard Amos our CFO. I would 
like to thank Pedro for his contribution to the Group over the previous 
four years. 

People
The last twelve months have been challenging for the Group, during a 
period of considerable change. The impact of this is of course felt most 
keenly by our staff and their response has been excellent, for which 
they deserve great credit. I would also like to take this opportunity to 
thank them personally for the support they offered me as I fulfilled the 
Executive Chairman role. I greatly enjoyed working directly with so 
many of them and appreciate their contribution through that period.

The period has also seen much change in the leadership of the business. 
Four members of our Executive Committee have stepped down in the 
year and I would like to thank all of them for their contributions whilst 
with us. In particular I would wish to highlight Bill Howarth who has 
stepped down as Divisional Director for Compliance as part of a planned 
succession. Bill has been a key figure at Wilmington for many years, 
being the founder of the ICA and the main architect of its success. He is 
remaining with us in a part-time capacity as President of the ICA with 
a particular focus on examinations and accreditations and I look forward 
to continuing to work with him in that capacity. He is succeeded as 
Divisional Director by Tamara Kahn who joined us in June, bringing the 
strategic and marketing background which we believe will be key to 
developing further our Compliance business. I welcome Tamara to 
Wilmington as I also do Thomas Mount who joined us in December 
as Chief Technology Officer.

During the year, as planned we grew our workforce, with the full time 
equivalent headcount (‘FTE’) increasing by 26 to 860 at 30 June 2019 
(30 June 2018: 834 after adjusting for the 15 FTE who left following the 
disposal of ICP) to support our growth plans and also to fill vacancies 
carried forward from the prior year. Specific areas of investment have 
included the US Healthcare business where we increased sales 
resource to deal with improved demand in the second half. 

Acquisitions and disposals
On 18 July 2018, Wilmington sold its specialist credit reporting business 
ICP to its current management team for £3.0m. The sale proceeds will 
be paid over five years. The sale allowed Wilmington to focus its resources 
on its core client communities and secure for shareholders a good return 
from historic investments. 

The Group made no material acquisitions in the period under review. 
As I set out in last year’s Report, we are currently placing less emphasis 
on the pursuit of acquisitions to focus on organic growth from our existing 
portfolio. In time, once we are comfortable that those businesses are 
growing appropriately, we will consider acquisitions where we see clear 
opportunities which support our strategy and deliver shareholder value.

Current trading and outlook
Maintaining and building on the momentum achieved over the last 
twelve months is key to our aspirations for the new financial year. 
Trading in the first two months has started in line with our expectations 
with revenue ahead of last year. It is a seasonally quiet period so caution 
needs to be exercised in extrapolating this start into a trend. But sales 
activity in the first two months, an increasingly key lead indicator 
of progress, has been promising in each division with a number of 
positive developments.

Group organic revenue growth for the year is expected to improve 
slightly on the prior year and achieve growth in the low to mid single 
digit range. Within this, both Healthcare and Risk & Compliance are 
expected to deliver similar organic revenue growth to last year with 
Professional benefiting from the investments made this year to 
achieve flat year-on-year performance. Allied to this, costs are 
expected to increase in line with previously discussed plans.

The Board retains its view that Wilmington is well positioned to build on 
the work of the last twelve months and deliver improved performance. 
With a portfolio of strong brands operating in markets with good long 
term growth prospects we remain committed to unlocking the significant 
shareholder value we believe exists within the Group. 

Martin Morgan
Non-Executive Chairman
18 September 2019

07

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsChief Executive Q&A

Q&A 

An interview with 
Mark Milner, recently 
appointed as 
Wilmington’s Chief 
Executive Officer.

Q 

 Mark, welcome to Wilmington. Can you 
start please by giving us some background 
on your career to this point?
 My business career has been spent entirely in the media, 
technology and data industry. Initially that was with mainstream 
national print titles but has since moved into digital including 
most recently a B2B data business with an operating model 
not dissimilar to some of Wilmington’s businesses. I started in 
the sales and commercial side, which really is my specialism. 
I’ve been in general management since 2004 but I’ve always 
retained a sales and marketing focus in all my roles.

 In 2001 I re-joined Daily Mail & General Trust (‘DMGT’) and 
that is when I moved from print into the digital space. Initially 
that focussed on digital assets associated with the classified 
vertical channels in which print had historically been very 
strong, and this quickly evolved to take a leading role in 
defining and delivering the strategy for launch of digital 
variants of the mainstream print brands, including running the 
division that launched Mail Online. The digitisation of print 
assets was an exciting time and, obviously the Mail Online has 
gone from strength to strength as a major consumer news site. 
From there I got my first experience of digital data businesses, 
running DMGT’s consumer facing property data portals like 
Findaproperty.com and Primelocation.com, merging these to 
create The Digital Property Group (‘DPG’). DPG merged with 
Zoopla, a very successful transaction for DMGT and its 
shareholders and I then moved into the B2B market and ran 
DMGT’s residential and commercial property and environmental 
data and products business, Landmark Information Group. 
This was really exciting, building a high-performing team and 
repositioning the business to place data at its heart and then 
innovate through existing and new customer markets. It was 
very successful and I really enjoyed that.

Wilmington owns some really 
strong brands, which are well 
respected in their field and 
have good market positions.

Strategic Report 
 
Q 

Q 

 So, with that as your background, 
what attracted you to Wilmington?
 Having worked for many years leading divisions of a large 
business, I was looking for the opportunity to step outside 
of that and run an entire organisation. Wilmington fits that bill 
perfectly. It’s in an area I know well and with roughly 1,000 staff 
it’s of a size that I’m comfortable with and can really get to 
grips with. Also being a plc, I’m familiar with the ownership 
structure and the challenges that presents and I was keen that 
my next step offered me exposure to that. So when the role 
came up, I was interested from the start.

 But then when looking into the opportunity a little more 
I got really excited. The company publishes a lot of information 
about itself and reading that I recognised many of the dynamics 
of the individual businesses and the challenges they face. 
They are similar to things I’ve seen before. As I reached the 
latter stages of the interview process I was given access 
to Executives and Non-Executives and the results of the 
consultant-led business review that the Board had recently 
conducted. These discussions and the data confirmed a lot 
of my impressions that this is a Group with a great deal of 
potential. And the opportunity to roll my sleeves up and drive 
that is very exciting.

 Then finally of course there was the fact that I would be 
working with Martin. Although I never worked directly for him at 
DMGT, I clearly met him on a variety of occasions. I have huge 
respect for him in terms not only of the way he likes to run 
businesses, but also in his judgement. So, whilst my instincts 
were telling me that Wilmington is a great opportunity, that 
Martin clearly felt so too was really helpful validation.

 You’ve only been here for a couple 
of months, but what are your first 
impressions of the business?
 My first two months have been very busy, but as I said earlier, 
the wealth of external and internal data that I’d been able to 
review during the interview process enabled me to get a 
strong first impression and I feel I have hit the ground running. 
The most obvious first impression is that we do a lot of things 
in a lot of places in a lot of markets. For a Group of our size we 
cover a lot of ground and I’m really enjoying getting to grips 
with the various elements. It was highlighted in the business 
review, and is clear to me going round the business, that 
Wilmington owns some really strong brands, which are well 
respected in their field and have good market positions. 
Generally they operate in what are at least benign markets – in 
some cases they offer good growth dynamics. So there is real 
potential here and I believe an opportunity to unlock significant 
untapped value.

Q 

 I’ve spent the first couple of months trying to meet as many 
of the businesses as possible and learn more about their 
business models. I’ve been to nearly every office and have 
met with almost every member of staff. I’ve been struck by the 
passion and enthusiasm that I have encountered across the 
piece, and the deep level of understanding they have of their 
markets, their customers and their customers’ needs. Our staff 
are engaged with their businesses and are full of ideas for 
improving them. My job is going to be to find ways to help 
them put those ideas into practice.

 Having had that insight, what do you 
see as the main challenges facing 
you at Wilmington?
 As I’ve just said, for a Group of our size we do a lot of things. 
And that’s both a strength and a weakness. It means you have 
lots of opportunities, but it can mean you try to do too much. 
I think one of my biggest tasks will be to focus people on a 
manageable number of opportunities. Do one thing. Do it well. 
Get the benefit from that. Then move onto the next thing. If we 
can be disciplined about that then we can really start to get 
things moving. Try to do too many things at once and you can 
end up half-doing them all and therefore not getting the real 
benefit from any of them. But having and maintaining that 
focus is demanding. The new product development process 
we have launched has a big part to play in that. I’ve a number 
of enhancements that I want to make to it but it can really help 
us prioritise our investment opportunities. 

 And those investment plans are key. It is not a secret to anyone 
that Wilmington has struggled to deliver organic growth, over 
the last several years. There are lots of reasons for that, but we 
really need to fix it urgently. Martin and Richard identified that 
twelve months ago as crucial to our future success and I believe 
sensibly adjusted the strategy to focus on it. Properly researched, 
planned and executed product development, backed by the 
successful deployment of new technology, is one of the keys 
to achieving that. It is something that I have lots of experience 
in and am looking forward to supporting the team with. 

 The other key to achieving organic growth is of course 
successful selling. My observation so far, and it was alluded 
to in the business review, is that in some areas Wilmington 
doesn’t have as strong a sales and marketing culture as perhaps 
it needs. Many of our businesses have great relationships with 
customers that they have served for a long time, building up 
trust with them and that’s a hugely valuable thing. But most of 
their sales effort goes into maintaining those relationships and 
building them. So we have lots of really good ‘farmers’ and the 
opportunity for us now needs to be on also developing a culture 
of ‘hunters’ – people who seek out new opportunities and clients. 
That isn’t really a significant enough part of the Wilmington 
culture, but it is my heritage and I think bringing it here will 
really support our growth challenge.

09

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Q&A continued

Q 

Q 

 So if those are your challenges, does the 
Wilmington strategy need to change to 
address them?
 The short and rather simplistic answer to that would be to say 
not significantly. But actually I think it is a bit more complicated 
than that. As I said earlier, I was lucky enough to see the business 
review output before I joined. That had, for the most part, 
supported the existing overall strategy of driving for organic 
growth from our existing businesses. It confirmed that they 
have good positions and brands and that they are operating 
in decent markets. So, no need for significant change there.

 It did however identify a number of opportunities for growth 
that are available to those businesses. Some of these were, 
and are, already being pursued. My job there is to support that, 
providing as I say the focus and experience to ensure that we 
maximise the prize and achieve it as soon as possible. Other 
opportunities are raw ideas at this stage. They need to be 
researched and analysed, and then business cases created 
for review. We’ll then need to rank them against the other 
opportunities that we have to assess where best to deploy our 
capital. All the time being mindful of our need to focus and not 
try to do too much.

The business review 
has identified plenty 
of opportunities.

Q 

 You’ve talked a couple of times about 
growth opportunities. Where do you see 
the most exciting ones?
 Given I’ve only been here a little over two months I think it is too 
early to be drawn on specifics. These are complex and in many 
cases mature businesses and I need time to fully understand 
their strengths and vulnerabilities before calling where we can 
best drive growth. I also need to consider how the opportunities 
that have come out of the business review fit with the existing 
businesses. What I absolutely want to guard against is doing 
something that damages the significant value that our assets 
already hold.

 But as I say, the business review has identified plenty 
of opportunities. The recent business level three year planning 
exercise confirmed that and has added some more. But I need 
some time to assess them all before concluding on the ones 
to pursue.

 Having said that, one area that is getting attention already 
which pre-dates me and is being led by Thomas Mount, our 
new CTO, is the area of technology. Wilmington has invested 
pretty heavily over the last few years in new core technology 
such as Totara©, Salesforce© and Marketo©. This was vital. 
It provides a core capability without which we would not be 
able to move forward. But we have identified that we can get 
greater benefits from these investments than we have so far. 
Thomas is working with the businesses to really ensure that 
these investments are working in combination to deliver 
maximum returns. We are seeing it in areas such as the 
US Healthcare business where it has improved our sales 
performance, and in the blended training that AMT are 
delivering to investment bankers. But other businesses in 
the Group have more to do here and this is one area that 
I definitely think can drive growth.

 You’ve talked a lot about organic growth. 
But much of Wilmington’s growth in the past 
has come from acquisitions. Are they likely 
to form a part of the strategy going forward?
 Martin and the Board have been very clear on acquisitions 
and I support their approach. One of the great strengths of 
Wilmington is that it has businesses that are cash generative. 
And as well as supporting a progressive dividend policy, 
that cash generation provides the capacity to fund bolt-on 
acquisitions. But those acquisitions need to offer growth over 
and above a business that is already delivering sustainable 
underlying growth. Bolting new things onto assets that are in 
decline is a recipe for disaster in my view. So we need to get 
the underlying assets growing first. When we do then, yes, we 
will consider acquisitions to accelerate growth. But our focus 
for the time being must be on organic growth. That’s the key.

10

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
Building consistent and 
sustainable revenue 
streams in Bond Solon 
I dentifying the strengths within our business 

What does the project look like?

and capitalising on them is critical to the 
Group’s strategy of accelerating growth 
through our knowledge based model. Within 
our portfolio we have businesses that are 
recognised as the leaders in their field, making 
them trusted partners when, for example, our 
customers want to deliver high quality training 
to fulfil their own strategic objectives. 

During the year Bond Solon secured a 
key multi-year framework contract with NHS 
England to provide safeguarding training to 
the key decision makers across its network. 
This success was the direct result of Bond 
Solon’s strong reputation as a trusted training 
partner of NHS England with a proven record 
of delivery of previous one-off projects. Not only 
has this success contributed to the delivery of 
organic growth in the current year, but it has 
also provided a pipeline of opportunity for up 
to five years, and consequently helps us to 
improve our KPI of building consistent and 
sustainable revenue streams. 

During the year Bond Solon 
secured a key multi-year 
framework contract with NHS 
England to provide safeguarding 
training to the key decision 
makers across its network.

N HS England is the fifth largest employer 

in the world, employing over 1.5 million 
people and managing a budget of 
£130 billion each year. The high profile and great 
diversity of the organisation made the potential 
project an exciting prospect for Bond Solon, with 
scope to provide training to such an influential 
customer. The objective of the programmes 
provided under the contract is to ensure that 
safeguarding is ‘core business’ across the NHS 
in England, and they have been rolled out nationally 
to the top 10,000 senior strategic and executive 
leaders across the NHS. The magnitude of the 
task in hand offered an excellent opportunity 
for Bond Solon to work with NHS England over 
a multi-year timeline, to ensure that the full scope 
of the project can be implemented effectively.

What is safeguarding?

Safeguarding means protecting people’s 

health, wellbeing and human rights 
to enable them to live free from harm, 

abuse and neglect. Safeguarding is everybody’s 
business and the NHS has a statutory duty to 
safeguard those under their care. Naturally, the 
NHS needed a highly trusted and experienced 
partner to facilitate effective implementation of 
training programmes around this critical issue.

Why Bond Solon?

B ond Solon was a natural partner 

of choice for NHS England as they are 
already recognised as the UK’s leading 

legal skills training company for healthcare 
professionals with specialised knowledge 
of safeguarding issues, already training 5,000 
health and social care professionals each 
year in their legal and safeguarding duties.

NHS England were impressed with Bond 
Solon’s ability to design and contextualise a 
training programme that fully incorporated 
NHS England’s range of statutory duties, policies 
and procedures in order to assist NHS England 
in their ten year Long Term Plan.

The training

T he training ensures that safeguarding 

is not seen as a separate component 
of clinical practice across the NHS, but 
as an integral part of every routine. The training 
enables the senior and executive leaders of 
the NHS to deliver on the NHS Sustainability 
Transformation Partnership (‘ STP’), the new 
Integrated Care System (‘ICS’), enhancing 
wellbeing and reducing risks, adhering to the 
NHS Constitution, and protecting human rights. 
Additionally, the training protects NHS 
organisations against possible consequences 
of getting it wrong, including both reputational 
damage and/or litigation. 

Looking forward 

T he partnership with NHS England on this 

critical project significantly strengthens 
Bond Solon’s reputation as the UK’s 

leading legal-skills and safeguarding training 
company. It not only enhances the relationship 
and training opportunities between Bond Solon 
and NHS England directly but also leads to 
new business opportunities through exposure 
to senior decision makers at every Trust 
and Clinical Commissioning Group (‘CCG’) 
in England. It is this exposure that shows how 
Bond Solon is using its expertise to maintain 
strong business relationships with valued 
partners, and in turn build consistent and 
sustainable revenue streams to secure 
future growth. 

11

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsCase StudyReview of operations

Risk & 
Compliance

Revenue

£42.4m

Operating profit

£12.7m

Operating margin

30%

12

Note that variances described below as ‘organic’ are after adjusting for 
acquisitions and disposals and at constant currency exchange rates.

2019
£’m

29.0

13.4

42.4

12.7

30%

2018*
£’m

Absolute
variance
%

Organic
variance
%

26.6

15.5

42.1

12.2

29%

9%

-14%

1%

4%

8%

1%

6%

9%

Revenue
Compliance

Risk 

Total

Operating profit

Margin %

* 

2018 comparatives have been restated to reflect the adoption of IFRS 15.

Business model
The main Compliance business is the International Compliance 
Association (‘ICA’) which was developed organically within Wilmington. 
It is an industry body we created in 2002 which offers professional 
development and support to compliance officers predominantly in the 
financial services sector. It has offices in the UK, Singapore, Malaysia 
and Dubai. 

Revenue earned by ICA is primarily training income that we receive for 
running professional development courses and associated examinations 
which allow students to achieve their professional accreditation. 
The courses are open to public enrolment and applicants for a particular 
course can be from a variety of different organisations and territories. 
We currently offer 43 accredited qualifications, ranging from entry level 
certifications up to post-graduate equivalent diplomas. These accreditations 
are awarded in association with the University of Manchester’s Alliance 
Manchester Business School, and we retain a panel of independent 
academic professionals who teach, set exams and carry out assessments. 
The courses are predominantly run face to face, but an increasing 
proportion are hosted online. Additional revenue comes in the form 
of subscriptions paid by the professional members for their ICA 
accreditation. These are either paid individually or via corporate 
sponsorship. ICA earns additional revenue through developing bespoke 
in-house programmes (both face to face and online) for institutions to 
train staff across their businesses in compliance procedures and protocols 
that are personalised to their business and industry. The material for 
ICA courses is developed by our own internal R&D team, and we own 
the associated intellectual property. In total, revenue from the ICA and 
associated training accounts for around 57% of total Compliance revenue.

Our Compliance businesses 
primarily serve the financial 
services industry where market 
demand remains strong, reflecting 
a backdrop of increasing regulation.

Wilmington plcStrategic ReportThe business has been revitalised in the second half of the year with 
new leadership and the launch of a new online platform that offers 
the opportunity for its management team to exploit a wider variety 
of business models and subscription offers.

The Risk businesses overall reported 1% organic increase in revenue. 
Comparison on absolute revenue performance is impacted by the 
disposal of ICP which contributed £2.1m revenue in FY18 and was 
sold with effect from the start of the financial year. 

Also under new leadership, Axco, our insurance information business 
improved on a relatively weak prior year, with 2% organic revenue increase 
coming from a strategy of developing strengthened relationships with 
key customers. Solid renewal rates across Axco’s client base, including 
a number of multi-year contracts, helped secure revenue growth. A joint 
venture to service the Insurtech sector that was launched as a pilot in 
the year did not reach commercial feasibility. Consequently, it was shut 
down and the investment written off at the year end. Other significant 
investment is underway in Axco to refresh its platform and develop new 
products for current core clients and these are expected to start rolling 
out over the next twelve months.

Inese, our Spanish insurance industry company, had a challenging year, 
recording 2% organic revenue decline. This all came from the recently 
opened Barcelona office where the Catalonian political situation caused 
the retrenchment by insurance companies and hence a decline in local 
training requirement. This situation is expected to continue in the current 
year and the cost base has been rationalised as a result. Outside of 
Barcelona the business performed well, with its annual event in 
particular delivering record results. 

Divisional operating profit was up 4% in absolute terms to £12.7m 
(2018: £12.2m). On an organic basis the operating profit increase was 
9% as the organic revenue growth fed through to profit. Operating margin 
was essentially unchanged at 30% (2018: 29%).

Outside of the ICA, the other Compliance businesses earn revenue 
from running professional development programmes for wealth 
managers, by offering subscription services for provision of detailed 
information on regulations in the UK pensions industry and from 
subscriptions to Compliance Week, the premium industry journal for 
US and European compliance professionals. The Compliance Week 
brand also generates revenue from lead generation to the compliance 
community and from running industry networking events.

The Risk businesses serve the global insurance industry, primarily 
with in-depth regulatory information, market intelligence and analysis. 
In addition, we provide networking events and training specifically 
focussed on the Spanish insurance market. Revenue in Risk is mainly 
earned through subscriptions to the information and analysis services 
and from attendance fees and sponsorship at the networking events 
and training courses.

Market
Our Compliance businesses primarily serve the financial services 
industry where market demand remains strong, reflecting a backdrop 
of increasing regulation. This is helping drive increased interest in related 
professional qualifications and training. This is an evolving industry and 
with ever rising regulatory pressure there has been increased interest at 
not only the Tier 1 but also the Tier 2 and 3 level institutions for both public 
and in-house bespoke programmes. In addition to financial services, the 
ICA also saw growth from the insurance, oil and gas and gaming sectors. 
Whilst the market served by the ICA has been strong, the benefit from 
that has been diluted to some extent by consolidation in the UK pensions 
industry and by the ongoing challenging trend in demand for print 
publications which has continued to affect Compliance Week.

The long term trend of consolidation amongst the major insurance 
industry companies has been offset by growing underlying demand 
for traditional insurance products, with newer threats such as cyber 
risk gaining increased attention. Overall this is helping to balance out 
demand for the services we provide in the risk market.

Trading performance
Against this backdrop, the Risk & Compliance division performed well. 
Overall revenue was up 1% to £42.4m (2018: £42.1m) although comparison 
is affected by the disposal of ICP at the start of the financial year. 
Adjusting for this and at constant exchange rates, organic revenue 
growth was 6% (2018: 1%).

Within this total, revenue in the Compliance businesses combined 
grew 8% organically. The main Compliance business, ICA, grew by 
double digits, with strong demand for both bespoke in-house training 
programmes and for online qualification programmes. Despite growth 
in the latter, demand for traditional face-to-face courses has continued 
at historic levels. Internationally, some weakness in Singapore was 
offset by solid growth in the Middle East and Malaysia. Accredited paid 
memberships of the ICA increased to over 14,000 from around 12,000 
at the start of the year.

The Other Compliance businesses delivered low single digit growth, 
with an in-year recovery in demand for training for wealth managers and 
some pricing improvements in the pensions area offsetting challenges 
at Compliance Week. The wealth management business benefited from 
new management and a refresh of course materials that took place 
twelve months ago including the development of more online learning 
which helped open up new markets in what is geographically a very 
diverse industry. After a relatively strong prior year, Compliance Week 
suffered in the year from an over-reliance on lead generation income 
and the impact on subscription renewals of an ageing online platform.

13

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsReview of operations continued

Healthcare

Revenue

£46.3m

Operating profit

£7.3m

Operating margin

16%

14

2019
£’m

2018
£’m

Absolute
variance
%

Organic
variance
%

29.0

9.7

7.6

46.3

7.3

16%

27.9

8.9

7.9

44.7

9.9

22%

4%

9%

-4%

4%

-26%

1%

5%

-3%

1%

-23%

Revenue
European 
Healthcare

US Healthcare

Other Information 
businesses

Total

Operating profit

Margin %

Business model
Wilmington offers a wide range of products and services through its 
Healthcare businesses predominantly around the provision of market 
and customer intelligence. Wilmington’s Healthcare division combines 
these information assets with others that provide similar services to a 
number of other communities including charities and not for profit 
organisations. In addition the division runs events and offers a small 
amount of online training. 

The core of the data supplied by the Healthcare division often 
comes from publicly available sources. The value generated by our 
services is based around its collation, verification, combination with 
other complementary data sources and then its ease of presentation 
and usage. Equally in some areas we provide proprietary analysis 
of the data and editorial comment which constitutes our own 
intellectual property.

Wilmington’s European Healthcare businesses operate mainly in the 
UK and France, complemented by services to the wider pan-European 
market offered by the Interactive Medica subsidiary acquired in 
February 2018. Services provided include the provision of deep insight 
information on practitioners, facilities and treatments in the UK and French 
health sector markets that enable suppliers into those markets to better 
understand and connect with their customers. Additionally, in the UK 
we publish the Health Service Journal (‘HSJ’), the leading online 
publication in the UK for healthcare leaders. Associated with that we 
organise networking and training events including the flagship HSJ 
Awards and in the UK we also provide a suite of online learning courses 
that familiarise industry participants with the complexities of the 
National Health Service. The majority of revenue in this area is earned 
through sales of discrete packages of data or through subscription 
services either for the ongoing provision of information or for access to 
regular publications and training courses. Events are typically funded 
by supplier sponsorship although this is sometimes augmented by 
delegate charges.

The US Healthcare businesses are distinct from our other Healthcare 
assets in that they are predominantly events based with only a small 
proportion of revenue earned from data and consist predominantly of 
the business and industry events that were acquired with FRA in July 
2015. They serve the US healthcare/health insurance markets and to 
a lesser extent the US financial services and legal services communities. 
The prime brand is the RISE series of events that address the Medicare 
and Medicaid markets, for which the flagship event is RISE Nashville 
which takes place in March each year. Revenue from these events is 
generated from both sponsorship and delegate sales.

Wilmington plcStrategic ReportThe Other Information businesses consist of a portfolio of data 
products including charity fund-raising information and marketing data 
suppression tools. They include services that are used by organisations 
to help prevent identify fraud. Revenue is traditionally earned through 
subscription to the relevant data feed.

Markets
Healthcare spend globally continues to increase due to well publicised 
challenges including ageing populations, greater prevalence of chronic 
diseases and the need to develop innovative new treatments and drugs. 
Industry experts predict c5% growth in global healthcare expenditures 
over the next few years with a similar expectation in the UK following nearly 
a decade of funding growth running at historically low levels. Tied to this 
funding increase however is a requirement for patients to have more 
access to new drugs and medical technologies. Successful and efficient 
delivery of this will rely on perceptive insight into the healthcare market 
to ensure that investment and marketing are carefully targeted to be as 
effective and efficient as possible. Wilmington’s Healthcare businesses 
facilitate that process by providing such insight and hence we believe 
they are well positioned to deliver long term growth.

The main US market that we serve in Healthcare continues to offer 
growth opportunities. Enrolments for Medicare Advantage plans 
continue to increase and this is driving growth in the industry that 
provides and operates them. This growing community is the target 
for most of our US Healthcare events. Enrolments are expected to 
continue to rise for the foreseeable future and the breadth of plans 
is expected to increase which provides opportunities for additional 
content and events.

While Wilmington businesses do not deal with personalised patient 
data, certain of our data products include information such as the 
contact details of industry practitioners which are covered by the new 
European data protection regulations ‘GDPR’ that came into force in 
May 2018. The implementation of these regulations caused an impact 
last year as customers became temporarily nervous about using such 
personal data given the potential penalties for misuse. These concerns 
have largely been assuaged by the establishment of industry norms 
of best practice and activity levels and sales cycles have returned to 
normal. However compliance with the regulations has in some cases 
resulted in the need to delete specific records where we do not have 
permission either explicitly or through legitimate interest for the specific 
intended data use. As a result in some cases databases have reduced 
in size which has depressed prices. 

Trading performance
Overall revenue for the Healthcare division increased 4% to £46.3m 
(2018: £44.7m). This comparison is however affected by both currency 
movements and the effect of the acquisition of Interactive Medica in 
February 2018. Adjusting for these factors, underlying revenue increased 
1% on an organic basis (2018: organic decrease of 8%). After significant 
organic declines in the prior year, encouraging progress was made in 
both the UK and US Healthcare businesses to turn the performance 
around. This was augmented by good growth in France and in Interactive 
Medica for the comparable period post acquisition. 

Within the division, the European Healthcare businesses saw a marked 
improvement over the challenging prior year with 1% full year organic 
revenue growth. Momentum improved through the year with 2% decline 
in the first half more than offset by a 3% increase in H2. The main feature 
of the year was recovery in the UK business where we started to see 
the benefits of the multiple integration activities that had negatively 
impacted FY18. For example, the newly integrated sales team delivered 

marked improvements in pipeline management and opportunity closing 
rates, supported by improved data from the new CRM solution rolled 
out in the prior year. The volume of new business sales in the UK was 
up overall 6%, and this helped close the gap in terms of brought-forward 
deferred revenue that impacted results in the first few months of the 
year. It also meant that the UK business started the new year with 4% 
more pre-booked revenue than twelve months ago.

Part of the UK sales increase came from good growth in the consulting 
offering that we effectively launched in the prior year. Other enhancements 
in the period included upgrades for the Investigator and Quantis data 
products, the former integrated with the technology platform acquired 
with Interactive Medica. This platform will be progressively rolled out 
across other applicable products as they are enhanced in the future, 
Despite this progress, improving momentum in the second half in the 
UK was not quite enough to offset the 4% H1 decline that had been 
driven by the lack of brought forward deferred revenue, such that for 
the full year UK Healthcare revenue was down 1%. Offsetting this was 
France where 7% organic growth reflected both continued good growth 
by core products plus the enhancement from the APMi product that 
we launched at the start of the financial year. This new data product, 
which provides deep insight data on the French hospital market was 
well received by pharmaceutical customers, with sales in line with our 
internal business plan and a strong pipeline heading into the product’s 
second commercial year.

The US Healthcare business has been undergoing a substantial 
restructure over the last two years, with its portfolio of events reduced 
to remove unprofitable events and rationalise its cost base. Investment 
has been made in new systems to facilitate improved marketing and in 
extra sales resource to pursue the leads created. This action delivered 
significant benefits in the second half of the year resulting in a full year 
organic revenue increase of 5%, despite a 21% decrease in the first half. 
In total 54 events were run in the US compared to 70 in the prior year. 
The stand-out performance was the RISE event in Nashville which, 
group-wide is our single biggest event. Revenue from that event was up 
30% year-on-year with strong support from both sponsors and delegates. 
That was the main contributor to the turnaround in performance in the 
second half, but it was supported by a number of other events which 
over-performed against our plans and which offer potential for future 
growth in coming years.

The Other Information Businesses saw a continued slow decline 
in their legacy portfolio although this was partially offset by growth in 
newer products and success with new events in the Charities space on 
which we intend to build in the coming twelve months. The improvement 
in revenue performance across the division was accompanied by an 
increase in overheads as explained below and this meant that despite 
the increased revenue, as anticipated, operating profit fell significantly.

Operating profit in the Healthcare division decreased 26% in absolute 
terms to £7.3m (2018: £9.9m), with a 23% decline in underlying terms. 
The operating margin declined to 16% (2018: 22%). This level of reduction 
was anticipated and it reflected previously highlighted year-on-year 
cost increases including £0.5m investment in staff to support the new 
APMi product in France. Additionally costs increased due to inflation, 
the reinstatement of staff bonuses after their removal in the prior year 
and the impact of the move to the new London office which occurred 
midway through the prior year. 

15

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsReview of operations continued

Professional

Revenue

£33.8m

Operating profit

£5.8m

Operating margin

17%

2019
£’m

2018*
£’m

Absolute
variance
%

Organic
variance
%

33.8

—

33.8

5.8

17%

34.2

0.3

34.5

6.2

18%

-1%

—

-2%

-6%

-2%

—

-2%

-6%

Revenue
Ongoing 
businesses

Ark business – 
closed

Total

Operating profit

Margin %

* 

2018 comparatives have been restated to reflect the adoption of IFRS 15.

Business models
The Professional division predominantly provides education and training 
for professionals employed in three target communities; accountants 
in practice and in business, lawyers and investment bankers. It runs 
face-to-face courses and offers online learning for these communities. 
It provides training at various levels including inducting new joiners to 
the investment banking industry, providing continuing professional 
development for existing qualified lawyers and accountants and in the 
case of the legal profession, helping them train their clients for interaction 
with the legal system. Additionally it provides technical support to 
accountancy firms which enables them to keep abreast of technical 
developments and changes in tax law, as well as supporting them to 
promote the services they then offer to their clients.

The Accountancy and Legal businesses are predominantly UK and Ireland 
based, reflecting the country specific laws and accounting standards that 
govern their profession. Investment banking is of course a global industry, 
and as such Wilmington’s business in that area has an international 
presence, with centres in Europe, North America and Asia Pacific.

Around half the revenue in the Professional division is earned through 
clients subscribing for ongoing training support and other related 
activities over a period of time (usually twelve months), with the rest 
through one-off course attendance fees. Course content is a mix of 
owned and third party intellectual property. Courses are delivered 
either by in-house experts or by a network of independent tutors 
who are paid per course that they deliver.

16

Wilmington plcStrategic ReportMarkets
The professional education markets that Wilmington serves offer the 
prospect of medium term growth rates in the low single digit range.

Accountancy markets were challenging last year, increasingly so in 
the second half. Although the profession in the UK continues to grow, 
consolidation amongst smaller firms partly offsets this although that 
had little impact on Wilmington in the period. Additionally Brexit concerns, 
relatively few newly published accounting standards in the UK and a 
stable backdrop in terms of tax legislation has resulted in a decline in 
demand for training courses with accountants seemingly deferring 
training until they have greater certainty on the post-Brexit 
regulatory environment. 

The markets for the legal business were mixed. Demand for Law for 
Lawyers products continue to suffer from the removal of requirement 
for CPD hours for lawyers in England and Wales which came into full 
effect in October 2017. This has reduced the amount of technical 
training that lawyers are required to undertake. Conversely the market 
for Law for Non-Lawyers has been strong with good demand for both 
witness familiarisation programmes and training of expert witnesses. 
In the case of the latter in particular, medium term growth prospects 
are encouraging as both demand for expert witnesses and pressure 
on them to demonstrate familiarity with legal procedure is increasing.

The market for investment banking training remains competitive. 
Banks and other financial institutions continue to increase the number 
of new recruits into the industry who need training, whilst focussing 
hard on cost control. This was particularly apparent in the Asia Pacific 
region in the year.

Trading performance
Overall revenue for the Professional division was down 2% at £33.8m 
(2018: £34.5m). On an organic basis the revenue reduction was also 
2% (2018: organic decline of 2%). Within this, modest growth in Legal 
was offset by a market-driven reduction in Accountancy and a small 
decline in Investment Banking caused by one-off factors described below.

Following a strong prior year, Accountancy had a tougher FY19 largely 
due to the market conditions described above. Considerable operational 
progress was achieved however with the integration activities following 
the 2016 purchase of SWAT including a re-brand and significant work 
on upgrading business systems. The business now offers clients one 
single nationwide programme of products and services having combined 
the previous three entities into one. Additionally the business relocated 
to modern, new headquarters in Leicester, closing the original Mercia 
and Practice Track offices.

Growth in the Legal business was driven by the Law for Non-Lawyers 
business, Bond Solon, which saw particularly strong demand for witness 
familiarisation training. It acquired new intellectual property for training 
courses in the regulatory training field which helped to broaden its portfolio 
and it has won a number of training contracts in that area over the last 
twelve months. Law for Lawyers, CLT, saw continued decline in demand 
for CPD, its traditional training, but in recognition of this is developing a 
suite of online courses more suited to the developing needs of modern 
lawyers. These include both technical training modules and courses 
in softer skills areas such as well-being, that are highly relevant to the 
current challenges facing law firms and lawyers.

Investment Banking, through the AMT business, had a reasonable 
year against the backdrop of a tough trading environment. Revenue was 
down slightly, but this was essentially due to the planned expiry of 
licensing arrangements with a third party. Its core training revenues 
were flat year-on-year. The business has broadened its customer base 
in the period to incorporate recruits into other financial services sectors 
outside of investment banking including fund managers and accountants. 
This has been particularly successful in the Middle East. AMT migrated 
fully across to the group-wide Totara© learning management platform 
in the period and also developed and launched an online dashboard 
that enables both the student and their employer to track progress 
through the online training modules. Having been developed on Totara© 
this dashboard has the capability of being rolled out to other Wilmington 
training businesses.

Overall divisional operating profit decreased 6% on an absolute 
and organic basis to £5.8m (2018: £6.2m). The operating margin was 
essentially unchanged at 17% (2018: 18%). The decrease in profit was 
largely due to the revenue reduction offset by some headcount savings.

Unallocated central overheads
Unallocated central overheads represent board costs, head office salaries 
as well as other centrally incurred costs not recharged to the businesses. 
These increased by £0.3m to £4.1m (2018: £3.8m) due to costs incurred 
for the business review described in the Chairman’s Statement.

17

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategy

Developing 
our business 
internationally

During the last year, as set out in the Chairman’s Statement, we undertook 
a consultant-led business review to assess the Group and its strategy. 
This concluded that the businesses and brands in the Wilmington portfolio 
hold strong market positions, are highly valued by customers and clients, 
and are operating in markets in which the demand for our products and 
services will continue to increase in the foreseeable future.

Further, the review echoed the Board’s conclusions that there are 
opportunities around the deployment of common technology platforms, 
portfolio management, and increasing a focus on sales, marketing and 
product development.

Since joining as our new Chief Executive Officer Mark Milner has visited 
and appraised our businesses, verifying these findings and instigating a 
series of initiatives aimed at accelerating our capabilities and competencies 
in each of these areas. For example promoting the consolidation of our 
technologies, introducing a more structured approach to new product 
development, and a repositioning of some sales and marketing activities.

Our strategy remains to further develop our businesses internationally in 
the areas of Healthcare, Professional Services, and Risk & Compliance, 
each of which show clear signs of growth in demand for information, 
education and events.

Our operational strategy remains to focus on delivering organic growth, 
through developing existing capabilities. To facilitate this we will look for 
opportunities to integrate individual brands and businesses into functional 
divisions whilst exploring portfolio management options, and ensuring the 
continuous improvement in the key areas of sales, marketing, technology 
and product. We will continue our journey to digitise our offerings and 
deploy capital to those areas presenting the best shareholder return. 

We set out below our strategic milestones aimed at delivering this strategy. 

1
Grow through 
developing
existing 
capabilities

Read more on page 19

2
Grow 
internationally

Read more on page 20

3
To create a fully 
digital enterprise

Read more on page 21

18

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Strategic Report1
Grow

Grow through 
developing existing 
capabilities

Strategy in action
We have harnessed the expertise 
and experience of our people to drive 
innovation and grow our business. 

Progress 2018–2019
•  Launched enhanced New Product Development 

framework to accelerate innovation

•  Launched new APMi product in France

•  Developed new digital products to enhance offering 

to Risk & Compliance communities

•  Completed UK Healthcare integration and achieved 

initial benefits

• 

Integrated Mercia and SWAT accountancy businesses

•  Launched new leadership development programme 
to improve management effectiveness and cohesion

•  Built new internal communications infrastructure to inform 

and engage workforce

•  Launched SAYE scheme for UK employees to provide the 

opportunity for our workforce to share in the future success 
of the Group

Focus 2019–2020
•  Strengthen group-wide sales and marketing capabilities 

through the centrally coordinated Sales Excellence programme

•  Develop new ICA membership propositions

•  Focus US Healthcare events programme on complementary 
subject areas to offer additional value for delegates and sponsors

•  Launch new version of HSJi that maps to revised NHS 

organisational structure 

• 

Implement new proactive sales and marketing strategy in 
Accountancy to facilitate cross-selling opportunities

•  Maximise opportunities arising from high profile client 

relationships in Bond Solon to further develop its strong 
reputation as a trusted training partner

Successful implementation will achieve
•  Extended market opportunities

•  Stronger and deeper existing client relations

•  New client opportunities 

• 

Improved employee engagement

•  Organic revenue and profit growth

19

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategy continued

2
Build

Grow internationally

Progress 2018–2019
• 

Integrated Interactive Medica with existing Healthcare 
business to enhance healthcare offering

•  Developed international relationships in Risk & Compliance 

businesses to increase geographic footprint

•  Continued to invest in the infrastructure of our 

European, North American and Asian operations 
to allow for continued expansion

•  Continued to develop a global culture and attract talent 
to support these ambitions through the leadership 
development programme 

• 

Improved group-wide internal communication channels 
to facilitate engagement of the global workforce

Focus 2019–2020
•  Engage with the branch expansion programme of our wealth 

management partner

•  Enhance digital offering in Compliance to expand access 

for International students

•  Leverage group expertise to further develop the programme 

at the annual Spanish insurance event

Successful implementation will achieve
•  Growth in international revenue as a % of total revenue

• 

Increased ability to service clients on a global basis

Strategy in action
Our influence in international markets 
continues to expand as we enhance 
our digital offering. 

20

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Strategic Report3
Digitise

To create a fully 
digital enterprise

Progress 2018–2019
•  Provided Totara© Learning Management System (‘LMS’) 

capability to more businesses 

•  Accelerated the conversion of existing e-learning content 

onto Totara©

•  Retired legacy LMS platforms

•  Expanded the use of Marketo© digital marketing tool 

to more businesses

Focus 2019–2020
•  Upgrade and enhance specific websites in Professional 

and Healthcare divisions

•  Expand use of Power BI data visualisation tool for enhanced 

internal reporting

•  Launch new user interface to Risk products to improve 

customer experience

•  Complete migration of Accountancy business systems onto 

Salesforce© platform

•  Extend use of Wilmington Healthcare cloud solution and 
implement single sign on to streamline customer access 
and improve data analytic capabilities 

Successful implementation will achieve
• 

Improved client experience

•  Enhanced e-commerce opportunities

• 

Increased web traffic and an enhanced visitor experience

•  More efficient use of marketing and support resources

Strategy in action
Continued investment in our LMS 
and other online platforms underpins 
our commitment to create an effective 
digital business.

21

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsKey performance indicators/operational measures

Change in 
accounting policies
From 1 July 2018 the Group has adopted IFRS 
15. In accordance with the standard it has also 
restated the balance sheet at 1 July 2017 and 
30 June 2018 and the comparative results for 
the period from 1 July 2017 to 30 June 2018. 
Adoption of the standard has impacted revenue, 
deferred revenue, trade debtors and reserves, 
as well as associated tax items and the 2018 
KPIs referenced below have been restated to 
reflect these changes. A reconciliation of the 
adjustments is also included in note 29.

At a Group level, we have 
eight key financial and 
operational measures
Certain of the measures below are 
alternative performance measures which 
are also referred to elsewhere in the Annual 
Report. Where adjusted measures are used in 
this Annual Report they are clearly presented 
and chosen to provide a balanced view of the 
Group. These measures, in the opinion of the 
Directors, can be useful to readers when they 
provide relevant information on our future or 
past performance and equivalent information 
cannot be presented by using financial 
measures defined under IFRS.

At a divisional level 
we have a number 
of measures
At divisional level we maintain a number 
of key performance indicators (‘KPIs’) 
specific to the performance of each 
business within the division. Each of the 
operating divisions monitors, and is in turn 
assessed on, its own key performance 
measures. This year we delivered an 
improved performance against the 
majority of our divisional financial and 
operational targets. By continuing to 
focus on these benchmarks, we have 
been able to concentrate on mitigating 
the adverse effects of challenges in 
some markets to re-establish organic 
revenue growth and deliver a more 
resilient and efficient platform to 
support future aspirations.

22

Organic revenue growth 

Adjusted profit before tax £’m

+1.5%

Organic revenue growth is calculated by 
adjusting the revenue change achieved 
year-on-year to exclude the impact of 
changes in foreign currency exchange 
rates and also to exclude the impact of 
changes in the portfolio from acquisitions 
and disposals. This measure is used as 
it gives a comparable assessment of the 
underlying growth of the business and of 
its sustainability. It also allows the Board 
to assess whether action is needed on 
other aspects of the Group such as the 
cost base. In the year to 30 June 2019 
the organic revenue increased 1.5% 
(2018: declined 3%), demonstrating a 
shift in momentum from the reported 
declines in the previous two years. 
The improvement was driven by 
high demand in the core Compliance 
business and a return to organic 
growth in the Healthcare division.

Adjusted earnings per share p

17.44p
-11.9%

19.05

19.80

17.44

2017

2018

2019

This key measure indicates the underlying 
profit attributable to individual shareholders. 
It measures not only trading performance, 
but also the impact of treasury 
management, capital structure, bank and 
interest charges, as well as the efficient 
structuring of the Group to appropriately 
manage tax. Our business and financial 
strategies are directed at delivering 
consistent adjusted earnings per share 
growth and our incentive programmes 
are designed to support this strategy.

For the year ended 30 June 2019, adjusted 
earnings per share decreased by 11.9% to 
17.44p per share (2018: 19.80p). The decrease 
reflects the decrease in adjusted profit 
as discussed above. The underlying tax 
rate and number of ordinary shares were 
essentially unchanged.

£19.3m
-11.5%

21.4

21.8

19.3

2017

2018

2019

This measure presents trading 
profits of the Group before amortisation 
and impairment of intangible assets – 
excluding computer software, impairment 
of goodwill, gains on disposals of property, 
plant and equipment (when they are 
material or of a significant nature) and 
adjusting items (adjusted EBITA), but 
after finance charges associated with 
Group net debt. Amortisation of intangible 
assets excluding computer software, 
and impairment, are non-cash technical 
accounting adjustments and therefore 
do not necessarily reflect the inherent 
value of assets, which can and often 
does appreciate. This is particularly 
the case where the value of assets 
has been enhanced as a consequence 
of management action. The Group 
integrates acquired businesses 
into existing companies over time, 
and therefore the Board does not deem 
it appropriate or practical to identify 
income relating specifically to acquired 
intangible assets, so no adjustment is 
made in this respect.

Each business unit in the Group is 
assessed (and in many cases bonuses 
are calculated) on adjusted EBITA and 
margins. These adjusted performances 
are aggregated to produce the Group 
adjusted EBITA, from which finance 
charges are then deducted to give 
adjusted profit before tax, which is one 
of the Executive Directors’ bonus targets. 
We do not allocate the impairment of 
acquired goodwill or intangible assets, 
aborted or successful acquisition costs, 
material gains on disposals of fixed 
assets or the amortisation of acquired 
intangibles to our business units.

See note 1 for the Group policy on 
adjusting items and note 2 for the 
calculation of adjusted PBT. In the 
year ended 30 June 2019, adjusted 
PBT decreased by 11.5% to £19.3m 
(2018: £21.8m) due to well documented 
increases in costs to support the Group’s 
medium-term aspirations.

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Strategic ReportCash conversion %

123%

Adjusted EBITA margin 
(‘Return on sales’) %

17.5%

Consistent and sustainable 
revenue streams %

77%

114

108

123

19.4

19.6

17.5

77

76

77

2017

2018

2019

2017

2018

2019

2017

2018

2019

Cash conversion represents the operating 
cash flow for the year as a percentage of 
adjusted operating profit before interest 
and amortisation. This measure is used 
as an indicator of successful stewardship 
of cash resources as well as corroboration 
of the quality of the operating profits 
compared to the associated cash flow. 
The Group’s business is strongly cash 
generative; cash conversion for the 
year ended 30 June 2019 was 123% 
(2018: 108%). The improvement reflects 
a relatively weak prior year comparator 
due to in-year cash investments.

Adjusted EBITA margin or return on 
sales (‘ROS’) is defined as adjusted 
EBITA (see note 2) expressed as a 
percentage of revenue. This is a measure 
of efficiency, it reflects the mix of revenue 
streams and business units, and the stage 
of the investment cycle. During the year 
ended 30 June 2019 ROS was 17.5% 
compared to 19.6% in the prior year, 
reflecting the impact of the additional 
costs added to support the Group’s 
growth aspirations. We target ROS 
of around 20% on a medium-term 
basis across the business cycle.

Free cash flow1 £’m

£17.0m
+21%

18.2

17.0

14.0

Return on equity (‘ROE’) %

46.9%

46.2

50.3

46.9

2017

2018

2019

Free cash flow is an important indicator 
of resources available for payment of 
the equity dividend and for support of 
our growth strategy. Free cash flow, 
which is calculated after deduction from 
operating cash flow of capital expenditure, 
payment of corporation tax and payment 
of interest, increased by 21% to £17.0m 
(2018: £14.0m).

1 

2 

Free cash flow – see note 28 to the financial statements.

 Average equity attributable to owners of the parent – the 
sum of opening and closing equity attributable to the parent 
divided by two.

2017

2018

2019

ROE is defined as the adjusted profit 
before tax (see note 2) divided by the 
average equity attributable to owners 
of the parent. ROE was 46.9% for the year 
to 30 June 2019, compared to 50.3% in 
the prior year. ROE adjusted to remove 
all impairment of goodwill and intangible 
assets since 30 June 2012 from equity 
was 28.5% for the year to 30 June 2019, 
compared to 33.2% in the prior year. 
This measure reflects our ability to maintain 
an efficient equity base and acts as an 
indicator of our stewardship of shareholder 
funds. When making investment decisions 
we seek to achieve ROE of at least 
30.0% pre-tax.

The disposal of non-core, predominantly 
advertising based trade magazines and 
media brands, over recent years has 
allowed the Group to focus on a portfolio 
of assets based in key professional 
markets, with the emphasis on provision 
of information, education and networking 
to these markets. This push towards 
more robust and sustainable revenue 
streams has resulted in a strong portfolio 
of offerings, often sold on annual 
subscription, which includes:

•  data, information, intelligence 

and solution sales;

•  professional education, training, 

events and services;

•  professional accreditation 
and assessment; and

• 

large, industry-leading annual 
networking events.

The Group has continued to increase 
the availability and variety of its products 
and services online and digitally, but 
remains conscious of the needs of 
markets, which continue to prefer some 
products produced in hard copy format 
or in person. Our businesses are 
supported by management and delivery 
systems utilising appropriate technology. 
We have continued to invest considerable 
resources in the improvement of our 
operating systems and online services 
which will deliver benefits in the current 
year and beyond. Subscriptions and 
repeatable revenue represent 77% of 
Group revenue compared to 76% in the 
prior year. Within this, subscription and 
membership revenue accounts for 36% 
(2018: 35%) of Group revenue with the 
balance a mixture of revenue from annual 
events and revenue from customers 
who have a history of repeat purchase 
although not necessarily supported 
by formal multi-year contracts.

23

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsICA and our online journey
A s outlined in the Strategic Report, one 

of our key objectives is to become a 
fully digital enterprise. Central to this is 
a commitment to invest in areas that improve 
our digital infrastructure and create a dynamic 
offering to continually enhance the customer 
experience. The positive impact of recent 
investment in this area is evident, with the 
proportion of digital training revenue as a 
percentage of the Group’s total training revenue 
increasing from 20% to 30% over the past 
18 months. This growth would not have been 
realised without the continued commitment 
to improving the digital experience of our 
customers across the Group. International 
Compliance Association ‘ICA’ is at the heart 
of our compliance business and it has made 
great strides in helping Wilmington to achieve 
its digital goals. 

Today, ICA looks very different and the 

change was underpinned by significant 
investment in technology and improved digital 
interfaces, as set out below. We enhanced the 
website to improve the user experience, 
reducing barriers to conversions and enabling 
increased site goals:

•  Created better, more intuitive 

and informative course webpages;

•  Streamlined the online enrolment 

process, adding dynamic forms to enable 
qualification and membership purchases;

• 

• 

Introduced the ability to pay in more 
currencies, supporting ambitions to be 
a truly global enterprise;

Instigated instalment payments that could 
be managed online and added bespoke 
coding to allow our partners to track 
enrolments generated by them; and

•  Combined two platforms – one for training 
and one for assessment – into one single 
integrated resource.

49,500

ICA currently have 49,500 live users 
on our LMS with 80+ course modules. 

Since the transformation of the websites 
that went live in May 2019 we have increased 
our web traffic and the proportion of transactions 
completed online, freeing up the team to be 
even more focussed on helping our students.
ICA moved away from printed materials 
some 7 years ago, and that transition marked 
the start of our digital journey. Key to this 
change was the implementation of a 
web-based learning management system 
(‘LMS’) to host the study materials. This 
platform has evolved over the years to 
become the hub of the student’s experience. 
During the year we made the next step in our 
digital evolution, by commencing the move to 
Totara©, the group wide LMS. Totara© is a 

ICA and our online journey

S ince ICA was first established some 

18 years ago, it has continued to remain 
at the forefront of the delivery of training 
and education for the compliance profession. 
Originally, the training that led up to the award 
of an ICA qualification could only be accessed 
by attending a workshop. Enrolment forms were 
faxed or sent by post. Materials were printed 
and collated in plastic folders, which in turn 
were placed in polyurethane boxes and then 
dispatched all over the world. In conjunction 
with this our tutors were committed to extensive 
international travel to deliver the public 
workshops, the impact of which was costly 
in both economic and environmental terms.

Since ICA was first established 
some 18 years ago, it has 
continued to remain at the 
forefront of the delivery of 
training and education for the 
compliance profession.

24

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Case Studyflexible open learning management system 
and is enabling us to be even more responsive 
to student education needs. Totara© is device 
agnostic, great for our students studying 
whilst travelling. Its appraisals functionality 
allows 360 feedback, skills and competency 
tracking which means students can align their 
studies with personalised goals, helping to 
ensure everyone is progressing as they 
should be. The new LMS also has streamlined 
reporting functionality helping our corporate 
clients meet their compliance reporting 
obligations. They can track completions, create 
personalised dashboards and customise 
reports. Totara© will enable us to develop 
our online offering even further for our 
students, allowing us to host new content 
and modularised courses. This will mean 
that for our clients we have the capability 
and capacity to create customised, bespoke, 
interactive, multi-media LMS programmes 
within their own secure tenancies.

ICA currently have 49,500 live users on 

our learning platforms with 80+ course 
modules. 

A digital solution to 
geographical expansion

A s our geographical footprint and the 

diversity in our programmes increases, 
an ever-expanding need for specialisation 
means the feasibility of travelling to destinations 
for small group sizes diminishes. Enter the virtual 
classroom ‘VC’ where our trainers connect 
with students to unpack and explore key issues. 
These VCs are interactive, encouraging 
students to contribute their thoughts and 
understanding as well as any questions 
and concerns. 

The effectiveness of the VC is reliant on a 
robust application to enable us to provide an 
individual and engaging experience to up to 
40 individuals at any time. As part of our digital 
drive in the last 12 months we have trialled and 
rolled out a new application to do this, which 
is already improving the student experience. 
As well as seeing and hearing the trainer and 
a wide range of multi-media content they are 
speaking to, the student can comment or ask 
questions, respond to polls or other interactive 

The needs of our corporate 
customers are changing. We 
have seized the opportunity to 
be part of this evolution and lead 
them in a revised learner journey. 
We currently have 3 globally 
significant clients undertaking 
work with us in this area. It affords 
us the chance to shape their 
thinking and demonstrate our 
capacity to deliver learning 
experiences which often 
exceed their expectations.

tools, join breakout groups, and write onto 
shared whiteboards. Additionally, the entire 
classroom is recorded for future review. In the 
past, access to VCs was limited to desktop 
applications, but the new functionality allows 
smart-phone access so the student can 
review their latest VC in any location. 

Balancing work and home commitments 

with the need to study for many hours to 
achieve our qualifications has always been 
a challenge. The enhanced VC represents 
excellent progress towards ICA’s commitment 
to supporting students throughout their 
learning journey by developing tools to ensure 
the very best use of their time and energy.

A commitment to digital content

A s part of the recent innovations in how 

ICA approaches digital learning, we 
have adopted a digital authoring tool 

which allows us tremendous flexibility in terms 
of the creation of content which can be 
consumed at the learner’s own pace and 
utilising their own device of preference. 

This has been driven by our rapidly 
developing B2B business. The needs of our 
corporate customers are changing. We have 
seized the opportunity to be part of this 
evolution and lead them in a revised learner 
journey. We currently have 3 globally 
significant clients undertaking work with us 
in this area. It affords us the chance to shape 
their thinking and demonstrate our capacity 
to deliver learning experiences which often 
exceed their expectations. It also enables us 
to create a version of a finished product for 
them to ‘try before you buy’. The proposal 
has shifted from ‘what we could do’ to ‘here’s 
what you can have’. This approach is proving 
to have a big impact, particularly as we can 
adopt a firm’s branding to demonstrate a 
truly bespoke product.

The authoring tool allows us to create 

learner journeys in different packages, 
creating flexibility and defining relevance. 
We can bring together various elements 
of a learning program in a single interactive 
wrapper. No longer are we focussed on 
content separation (a reading list here, a video 
there) – we can embed these elements as 
they occur. This greatly enhances the learning 
experience because it facilitates more of a 
‘discovery’ approach by including a rich 
variety of interaction. 

Looking forward

W e aren’t doing eLearning, we’re doing 

digital learning and this is how we 
see the next three years continuing. 

We are working hard to bring this enhanced 
customer experience to our existing suite of 
qualifications for individuals. Our sophistication 
around rich media (such as animation and video) 
is increasing, and we are looking at increasing 
our outputs of bite sized learning in respect of 
products such as podcasts. This will benefit all 
of our students but will particularly enhance 
the experience of those around the world who 
study with us on a solely online basis. 

We know that the way learners consume 

knowledge is evolving, so we are ensuring 
we are future ready to secure our position 
as the leading knowledge provider in the 
Compliance field. 

25

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsSustainability report

Making a positive impact

Wilmington strives to achieve sustainable business growth underpinned by an ambition to maximise the potential 
of our people and products, whilst simultaneously fulfilling our responsibility to reduce our environmental impact.

People
Wilmington’s strength is based on the talented people we have working 
in our business. Our ambition is to employ a workforce that reflects the 
diversity of our customers and the communities we engage with. We also 
seek to echo the ambition of our training businesses within our own 
workforce by looking for new and engaging ways to develop individuals 
and teams. To support this aim we strive to eliminate discrimination and 
provide opportunities for development, the two key objectives of our 
equal opportunities policy. We uphold the commitment in this policy 
to ensure our workplaces are free from discrimination on the grounds 
of disability, gender reassignment, marriage and civil partnership, race, 
religion or belief, gender and sexual orientation.

During the year the Group has reinforced its commitment to develop 
both our people and our culture. We have made significant improvements 
to our internal communication channels and digital platforms, which 
have helped to reinforce our people-orientated culture. Through the 
enhancement of our company intranet in addition to the implementation 
of enterprise social networking software ‘Yammer’, we have been 
able to provide more effective and better-quality communication. 
Developing our communication channels has in turn afforded all 
employees in our global network the opportunity to broaden their 
knowledge and awareness of company-wide news and initiatives. 
This has been possible because all employees can now take advantage 
of upgraded features such as live webinars, insightful interviews with 
a diverse range of colleagues, and a ‘quick links’ functionality.

Investing in our people and infrastructure has also enabled us 
to harness the opportunities offered by the inherent nature of our 
portfolio, being a diverse range of companies operating in a variety of 
sectors. Encouraging collaboration and idea sharing across the Group 
is a fundamental aspect of Wilmington’s culture and the development 
of our communication network reflects the continued commitment 
of Wilmington to promote a sense of community and strengthen the 
scope for employees from all our working environments to connect 
with their counterparties in different locations. 

We also run a Mentorship Programme which successfully supports 
the commitment to develop both our people and our culture and enables 
individuals to connect with, and gain invaluable knowledge from, more 
experienced employees across our business. The selection process 
for the programme ensures that our employees are matched with a 
mentor whose skillset and experience is relevant and specific, allowing 
employees to maximise the opportunity to develop. The Mentorship 
Programme is a testament to the belief that our people are key to the 
success of Wilmington. Facilitating the sharing of knowledge and 
experience is an investment in the future of the Group and enables 
our employees to not only develop professionally but also to achieve 
their goals. Although the programme was initially introduced to female 
employees as part of our International Women’s Day celebrations, it 
has proven to be hugely beneficial and so is currently in the process 
of being developed with the intention of rolling it out across the whole 
Group. So far, the programme has seen inter-departmental and 
cross-country collaboration, giving employees the opportunity 
to strengthen their professional relationships.

We strive to ensure that the culture at Wilmington reflects not only the 
talent and diversity of our employees, but also helps to provide a social, 
collaborative and creative working environment. This is achieved through 
our dedicated culture team, which includes representatives from all parts 
of the company. The culture team meets on a regular basis to determine 
initiatives which help to shape our culture and create a dynamic and 
supportive working environment. During the year, the culture team has 
been engaged in analysing the results from a recent survey issued to 
the entire workforce with the aim of establishing a range of actions 
designed to enhance Wilmington’s working environment. The success 
of such initiatives has been supported by a survey of London based 
employees on our new London Head Office location, which has 
demonstrated 70% of employees are very satisfied with the new 
workspace, with all the points of dissatisfaction from a previous 
survey in 2017 having been significantly improved.

Investment in People 2019

Lunch and learn
Throughout the year the learning and development team have 
continued to offer training and development lunches. Many of 
these sessions ran in conjunction with ‘Learning At Work’ week, 
which this year focussed on shaping the future. Topics such as 
developing resilience, talent acquisition, digital learning and project 
management were explored, all of which gave employees the 
opportunity to broaden their skillset and benefit from expert training.

Apprenticeships
Throughout the year, the number of Wilmington employees 
enrolled on the Apprenticeship scheme has continued to increase. 
There are currently 12 live apprentices, with 3 more due to start 
in the coming months. All of our apprentices vary in terms of age, 
experience and their chosen field, which is reflective of our 
commitment to establish a diverse and sustainable workforce 
across all of our locations.

Save As You Earn (‘SAYE’) initiative
As an employer, we strongly believe in our responsibility to enable 
our people to share in the future success of Wilmington. During the 
year we launched our Save As You Earn share initiative for all UK 
based employees. The uptake exceeded our expectations 
of demand demonstrating there is a healthy appetite across the 
company to invest in the future of Wilmington and a belief in the 
direction in which we are developing the business.

Employee Referral scheme
During the year a critical review of our employee referral scheme 
was completed and as a result, significant improvements have 
been actioned. As a provider of training, education, information 
and networking, we believe that our employees are best placed 
to understand the talent requirements of Wilmington, and should 
be given the opportunity to, and rewarded for, building strong 
teams, which will help to drive further growth across the company 
as a whole.

26

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Strategic ReportEnvironment
The Board recognises that the utilisation of energy, paper, print 
and production technologies, combined with waste generation, has 
an environmental impact. It is therefore committed to reducing the 
magnitude of this impact and to transitioning to sustainable materials 
and methodologies wherever there is opportunity to do so. It also 
seeks to provide facilities for all employees that enable them to reduce 
their own impact on the environment, not only during the working day 
but also when travelling or communicating between locations.

Environmental policies
•  Meet or exceed the requirements of current environmental 

legislation that relates to the Group

•  Minimise energy and water usage in our buildings and vehicles 

and minimise waste

•  Apply the principles of continuous improvement in respect of air, 

water, noise and light pollution from our premises, and reduce any 
impacts from our operations on the environment and local community

•  As far as possible, purchase products and services that do the least 
damage to the environment and encourage others to do the same

•  Ensure environmental and energy performance issues are 

considered in the acquisition, refurbishment, design, location 
and use of buildings

•  Assess the environmental impact of any new processes or products 

we intend to introduce in advance

•  Ensure understanding of our environmental policy and set 

and monitor KPIs for our environmental performance annually

Resource use
Paper
Source: a chain of custody certified suppliers to ensure only 
sustainable raw materials are used in production.

Greenhouse gas emissions reporting

Production: at mills with ISO 14001 accreditation and Environmental 
Management System (‘EMS’) registration.

Printers
Supplier standards: major print suppliers are ISO14001 certified 
or work to this as minimum. The Forest Stewardship Council is 
recommended for the Endorsement of Forest Certification. All our 
printers work digitally facilitating reduced transport, courier and 
energy utilising activities.

Packaging
Magazine packaging: recyclable polythene with a thickness of 25 
microns, or exo-biodegradable and potato starch forms of polythene. 

Offices
The Group’s activities are primarily based in office accommodation, 
where these policies are endorsed to promote good working practice 
around environmental issues. For example, there are facilities to 
encourage recycling of materials and the correct disposal of electrical 
equipment and printing waste, in compliance with the Waste Electrical 
and Electronic Equipment Directive.

Travel
The introduction of video conferencing technology in the Group’s 
offices has significantly reduced the requirements for travel, particularly 
when dealing with overseas offices and clients. The success of training 
webinars has also seen the additional benefit of reducing delegate travel 
to venues. Wilmington is also continuing its cycle incentive incorporating 
the Cycle to Work scheme which is within the guidelines of the 
Government’s green travel plan. As part of the scheme Wilmington 
provides employees with a loan for cycle and safety equipment up to 
a maximum of £1,000. To further support the cycle scheme, the head 
office location offers enhanced cycle storage, maintenance equipment 
and washroom facilities for cyclists.

The release of greenhouse gases (‘GHG’), notably carbon dioxide (‘CO2’) generated by burning fossil fuels, has an impact on climate change 
which, either directly or indirectly, presents considerable risks both to the business and the planet. The Group is committed to monitoring 
and, where practically possible, reducing its GHG emissions.

Global CO2 emissions data 

Emissions from:
Scope 1 – direct CO2 emissions
Scope 2 – indirect CO2 emissions
Total scope 1 & 2 emissions
CO2 ratio (thousand tonnes of CO2 per employee)
Scope 3 – other indirect CO2e emissions†

Total (all scopes 1, 2 & 3)

† 

Transmission and distribution of purchased electricity.

30 June 2019
(Tonnes
of CO2e)

30 June 2018
(Tonnes
of CO2e)

Improvement
in the year

77

300

377

0.46

23

400

72

440

512

0.58

40

552

7%

(32%)

(26%)

(21%)

(43%)

(27%)

Methodology
Wilmington’s GHG emissions were calculated with the assistance of a specialist third-party provider using activity data from the Group’s 
management accounting system (verified by third-party supplier invoicing), and emission factors from Defra’s Conversion Factors for 
Company Reporting 2019 for converting energy usage to carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e) emissions. The Group has followed the 2013 
UK Government environmental reporting guidance which was developed based on the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting 
Standard. The analysis has used an operational control approach. 

This assessment takes into account all of the emission sources required under the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Reports) Regulations 2013.

27

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsFinancial review

1.5% organic 
growth in 
revenue

Change in accounting policies 
From 1 July 2018 the Group has adopted IFRS 15. In accordance 
with the standard it has also restated the balance sheet at 1 July 2017 
and 30 June 2018 and the results for the period from 1 July 2017 to 
30 June 2018. Adoption of the standard has impacted revenue, deferred 
revenue, trade debtors and reserves, as well as associated tax items 
and the commentary below explains the impact on each of these 
items. A reconciliation of the adjustments is also included in note 29.

Adjusting items, measures and adjusted results
Reference is made in this financial review to adjusted results as well 
as the equivalent statutory measures. Adjusted results in the opinion 
of the Directors can provide additional relevant information on our 
future or past performance where equivalent information cannot be 
presented using financial measures under IFRS. Adjusted results exclude 
adjusting items, gain on sale of subsidiaries, profit on disposal of property 
plant and equipment (to the extent it is material or significant in nature), 
impairment of goodwill and intangible assets and amortisation 
of intangible assets (excluding computer software).

2019
£’m

2018
Restated
£’m

122.5

121.3

Absolute variance

£’m

1.2

%

1%

Organic
variance
%

1%

21.5

17.6

23.8

19.6

(2.3)

(10%)

(6%)

Revenue

Adjusted 
EBITA

Margin %

Revenue
In the year ended 30 June 2019 revenue increased by 1% (£1.2m) 
to £122.5m (2018: £121.3m) or 0.5% on a constant currency basis. 
The Group’s major non-Sterling revenues are in US Dollars and Euros. 
During the year the US Dollar strengthened against Sterling while the 
Sterling Euro exchange rate was consistent with prior year.

Reported revenue was also impacted by the disposal of ICP with effect 
from 1 July 2018, which contributed £2.1m in the prior year. In addition, 
the current year’s revenue reflects a full year of ownership of Interactive 
Medica compared to five months in the prior year, contributing an 
additional £0.9m. Adjusting for these factors, revenue grew organically 
by 1.5%, demonstrating a shift in momentum from the reported declines 
in the previous two years.

Adopting IFRS 15 resulted in a decrease in revenue in the current 
and prior year compared to the revenue recognised under the previous 
revenue standard. The impact on the income statement was a decrease 
in revenue and profit before tax of £0.5m and £0.7m in the current and 
prior year respectively. The changes were primarily within the Risk & 
Compliance division and related to timing of revenue recognition on 
certain face-to-face courses and online programmes. 

Strategic ReportAdjusting items within operating expenses
Adjusting items within operating expenses were £1.4m (2018: £4.6m). 
Adjusting items in operating expenses are those items that in the opinion 
of the Directors are one-off in nature and which do not represent the 
ongoing trading performance of the business. As anticipated these 
costs are significantly lower than in the prior year during which £3.1m 
was incurred relating to the move into the new London head office. 

In the current year £0.6m of adjusting costs relate to acquisition 
and disposal activity, including a small amount of transaction fees 
and the recognition of deferred consideration payable mainly in respect 
of Interactive Medica. A further £0.5m of expenses has been included 
in adjusting items due to the costs relating to the change in Chief Executive 
Officer. The remaining £0.3m of expenses relates to the impairment 
of a receivable due from Axco Digital Insurer Ratings PTE. Ltd, the joint 
venture that was closed on 1 July 2019 due to its limited commercial 
feasibility as outlined in the Review of Operations above. 

Operating profit (‘EBITA’)
After the various adjusting items detailed above, operating profit 
was £16.9m. This was up £12.7m from £4.2m in 2018. In addition to 
the movements described above, the increase was enhanced by 
the £1.9m profit on sale of ICP in July 2018.

Share of loss in equity accounted investments 
A £0.1m cost (2018: £nil) has been recognised for the share in losses 
incurred before closure of the joint venture referred to above.

Net finance costs
Net finance costs increased by £0.1m to £2.1m (2018: £2.0m), partly 
due to the increase in interest rates affecting the portion of the loan not 
subject to an interest rate hedge. The increase also reflected the write 
off of the remaining capitalised loan arrangement fee relating to the 
2015 facility that was renewed in July 2019. This was partly offset by 
the benefit of a reduction in net debt during the year, and lower non 
utilisation fees as a result of a £10m reduction in the debt facility in 
November 2017. There was also benefit from £0.1m of interest income 
recognised on the unwind of the discounted deferred consideration 
receivable in respect of ICP.

Profit before taxation
After finance costs, profit before tax was £14.7m (2018: £2.3m). 
Adjusted profit before tax was down 11.5% to £19.3m (2018: £21.8m).

Taxation
The tax charge was £3.5m (2018: £2.6m) with the increase primarily 
driven by the increase in profit before tax. The overall effective tax rate1 
fell to 23.9% from 24.2% in 2018 due to the higher adjusting items relating 
to acquisitions in 2017 and 2018 which are for the most part not deductible 
for tax purposes.

The underlying tax rate2 which ignores the tax effects of adjusting 
items remained essentially flat at 20.9% (2018: 20.8%) representing 
a reduction in corporation tax rates in the US offset by a tax provision 
recognised in light of the uncertainty surrounding the IFRS15 tax 
treatment of £0.2m and the impact of prior year adjustments.

Operating expenses before adjusting items, 
amortisation and impairment
Adjusted operating expenses before adjusting items, amortisation 
of intangible assets (excluding computer software) and impairment, 
were £101.1m (2018: £97.5m) up 3.7% or £3.6m. 

£0.5m of the increase came from foreign exchange (FX) impacts, with 
the weakness of Sterling impacting the translation of overseas costs 
denominated in foreign currencies, whilst costs from acquired 
businesses essentially offset savings from those in disposed of 
businesses. There was an increase of around £0.7m in direct costs to 
support the revenue growth. However, the main drivers for the extra 
costs were the well sign-posted increase in staff costs and the full year 
effect of the investments made last year in the new office and IT upgrade. 

Staff costs increased by £1.8m to £51.8m (2018: £50.0m) with the 
main elements being wage inflation of around £0.9m or 2% per annum, 
£0.5m investment in new editorial staff to support the APMi product 
launched in France, £0.4m of net other headcount additions and FX 
and £0.4m of increased staff bonuses following their removal in the 
prior year. This was offset by a £0.4m reduction in share based payment 
costs due to staff departures and the lapsing of a number of schemes 
in the year. The Group’s full time equivalent (‘FTE’) headcount at 
30 June 2019 was 860 compared to 849 at 30 June 2018. When adjusting 
for the reduction of 15 FTE on the disposal of the ICP business in 
July 2018, the addition of 26 FTEs is in line with the previously 
announced planned increase in headcount to support growth 
in targeted areas of the business.

Non-staff costs also increased £1.8m to £49.3m (2018: £47.5m) partly 
due to the extra direct costs and FX referred to above. The full year 
impact of the new head office and the associated IT integration were 
£0.8m while IT costs increased a further £0.2m due to the roll-out 
of that technology to other offices to improve resilience and reduce 
cyber risks. The cost of the business review was offset by net savings 
elsewhere in the organisation. 

Adjusted operating profit (‘Adjusted EBITA’) 
As a result of these changes in revenue and operating expenses, 
adjusted EBITA was down £2.3m (9.7%) to £21.5m (2018: £23.8m). 
Adjusted operating margin (adjusted EBITA expressed as a percentage 
of revenue) decreased to 17.6% (2018: 19.6%).

Amortisation excluding computer software
Amortisation of intangible assets (excluding computer software) 
was £5.0m, compared to £6.4m in the previous year. This decrease 
relates to a number of assets in the healthcare business that were fully 
amortised during the year, resulting in a lower cost than the annualised 
comparative in the prior year.

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
Impairment reviews were completed for all the Group’s Cash Generating 
Units (‘CGUs’) and these reviews concluded that none of the CGUs 
were impaired, therefore the impairment charge was £nil (2018: £8.6m). 
Each CGU’s recoverable amount was calculated using value in use 
calculations. The value in use calculations used cash flow projections 
based on financial budgets approved by senior management covering 
a three-year period and on a long-term market growth rate of 2% 
(2018: 2%). 

1 

2 

 The effective tax rate is calculated as the total tax charge divided by profit before tax after 
adding back impairment charges.

 The underlying tax rate is calculated as one minus the adjusted profit after tax divided by 
the adjusted profit before tax.

29

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsNet debt and cashflow
Net debt, which includes cash and cash equivalents, bank loans 
(excluding capitalised loan arrangement fees) and bank overdrafts, 
was £33.9m (30 June 2018: £39.6m). Net debt at the year end was 
1.4 times adjusted EBITDA (2018: 1.5 times). Cash conversion for the 
year ended 30 June 2019 was 123% (2018: 108%), slightly higher than 
expected. The improvement reflects strong cash collections in the 
latter part of the year. Post the year end on 3 July 2019, the Group 
extended its debt facilities to expire on 3 July 2023 with an option 
to extend to October 2024.

Derivative financial instruments 
The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risks, liquidity and capital 
risks and credit risks. The Group has policies that mitigate these risks 
which include the use of derivative products such as forwards and swaps 
subject to Board approval. The Group uses interest rate swap contracts 
to mitigate part of the interest rate volatility risk. These swaps have 
resulted in an asset of £0.0m (2018: £0.1m) and a liability of £0.2m 
(2018: £0.4m) at 30 June 2019.

On 3 July 2019 the Group entered into a number of foreign currency 
transactions to mitigate possible exchange rate fluctuations on its 
2019/20 financial results. $12.5m USD were sold forward to mature 
during the 2019/2020 financial year at an average rate of $1.27 and 
€3.0m EUR were sold forward at an average rate of €1.11 with 
similar maturities.

Share capital
During the year 125,494 new ordinary shares of £0.05 were issued 
in settlement of shares vesting under the Group’s Performance Share 
Plan. This resulted in an increase to the number of ordinary shares 
outstanding at 30 June 2019 to 87,539,567 (2018: 87,414,073).

Dividend
A final dividend of 5.0p per share (2018: 4.8p) will be proposed at the 
AGM. If approved, it will be paid on 15 November 2019 to shareholders 
on the register as at 18 October 2019, with an associated ex-dividend 
date of 17 October 2019. This will give a full year dividend of 9.1p 
(2018: 8.8p) and dividend cover of 1.9 times (2018: 2.3 times). 

Richard Amos
Chief Financial Officer

Financial review continued

Earnings per share
Adjusted basic earnings per share decreased by 11.9% to 17.44p 
(2018: 19.80p), owing to the decrease in adjusted profit before tax and 
a flat underlying tax rate on an essentially unchanged number of issued 
ordinary shares. Basic earnings per share was 12.74p compared to 
(0.45)p in 2018 due to the increase in profit after tax.

Balance Sheet
Non-current assets
Goodwill increased by £0.4m from £77.1m to £77.5m due to fluctuations 
in foreign exchange rates.

Intangible assets decreased by £4.1m from £27.3m to £23.2m due to 
amortisation of £6.4m, which was partly offset by additions of £2.3m. 
Included within these additions were £0.6m of internally generated assets 
related to investment in digital platforms such as Totara©, the Group 
wide LMS, with the remainder a mix of off-the shelf software and 
upgrades to existing technology platforms. 

Property, plant and equipment decreased by £0.5m to £6.0m 
(2018: £6.5m) reflecting additions of £1.0m offset by depreciation 
of £1.4m. The main addition in the year was the fit-out of the new 
Leicester office for Accountancy. 

Deferred consideration receivable
Following the disposal of ICP in July 2018, the Group recognised £2.2m 
of deferred consideration receivable, which will be paid over five years. 
The amount recognised represents the total amount due discounted 
to present value. The unwind of the £0.6m discount will continue to be 
recognised as a credit to profit and loss in net finance costs over the 
next four years.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables were up £0.9m at £29.1m (2018: £28.2m). 
Within this, trade receivables were essentially unchanged at £23.1m 
(2018: £22.9m), with the movement being driven by an increase 
in prepayments.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables increased by £2.4m from £54.8m to £57.2m. 
Within this subscriptions and deferred revenue increased by £2.4m 
or 8.5% to £30.8m (2018: £28.4m). Around half of this increase was due 
to timing of invoices. The remaining trade and other payables remained 
constant at £26.4m.

Current tax liabilities 
Current tax liabilities decreased from £0.7m to £0.3m, reflecting the 
reduction in adjusting items subject to taxation for the year ended 
30 June 2019.

Deferred consideration payable
The liability for deferred consideration decreased by £1.1m from £2.6m 
at 30 June 2018 to £1.5m at 30 June 2019. This reflects the settlement 
of the final amount owing for SWAT of £1.3m in September 2018, partly 
offset by the increase in deferred consideration mainly in respect of 
Interactive Medica. The remaining balances are all due for repayment 
within twelve months.

30

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Strategic ReportNew product 
development APMi
I nvestment in new product development is a 

What is APMi?

A PMi is a digital platform that directly 

supports APM’s existing product 
‘APM news’, an information service 

for the French Healthcare market. It acts as 
both a source of key industry news, as well 
as a lead generation tool. The APMi platform 
facilitates comprehensive data navigation 
and deep insight into the information 
available to pharmaceutical companies 
and other suppliers of products and 
services into the French healthcare market. 
This allows users to maximise the potential 
of the information available to them, giving 
them a competitive advantage in their own 
markets and an opportunity to respond 
rapidly and effectively to changes and 
developments in the industry.

What is different about APMi?

A PMi filled a gap in the French 

healthcare market due to its unique 
ability to offer such a comprehensive 

range of services to its customers. The product 
uniquely combines datasets comprising 
industry news and developments, offering 
strategic analysis to facilitate meaningful 
interpretation and use. This combination 
allows APMi to equip its users with a 
complex tool that is not matched by the 
offering of its competitors. 

What do our customers think?

S ince its launch early in the 2019 

financial year, APMi has been well 
received by the market. The product 

has yielded revenue in line with the ambitious 
targets set out in the investment proposal, 
demonstrating effective execution of the 
phased development plan. A key success that 
has been recognised amongst the customer 
base is the ability of the tool to improve the 
culture around data use and analysis within 
their organisations.

“APM intelligence is giving us a unique 
look into our customers’ concerns, which allows 
us to interact with them as a true partner by 
knowing what is on their agenda and helping 
them to achieve their objectives.” Hospital 
sales team leader.

What next for APMi?

F ollowing the successful launch of 

APMi, the business is working to further 
enhance its offering to its customers. 
The dedicated development team are working 
to continually improve the existing product 
and to extend its reach both in the public 
and private sector. In addition to this, a key 
objective for the coming year is to enhance 
the data analytics function in order to provide 
bespoke solutions to customers who have 
unique and detailed needs around data use.

key element supporting the Group’s strategy 
of focusing on organic growth. Our French 
Healthcare business APM has been at the heart 
of this drive in the last year through the launch 
of its new solution APM intelligence ‘APMi’. 
This project also demonstrates how we 
are leveraging successes realised elsewhere in 
the business to drive organic growth. The APMi 
product was inspired by the model used by 
our leading UK business HSJ for their similar 
product serving the UK market. Capitalising 
on the experience of HSJ, management 
identified that a similar opportunity existed in 
the French healthcare market, which drove 
the initial investment proposal. 

As a new digital product for an international 
market, APMi is helping drive all three elements 
of our strategy set out on pages 18 to 21.

The APMi platform facilitates 
comprehensive data navigation 
and deep insight into the 
information available.

A year in the making… 
from concept to launch

July 2017
Proof of concept

September 2017
Investment case 
approved

December 2017
Data model built

December 2017 
– April 2018
Design and 
Development

April 2018 
– June 2018 
Testing and 
implementation

July 2018
APMi launch

31

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsCase StudyRisks and uncertainties facing the business

Identifying 
and managing 
our risks

The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of risk management 
and internal controls. Risk identification, assessment and management 
is one part of the Group’s internal control environment and risk 
management is recognised as an integral part of the Group’s activities.

The Board determines the Group’s appetite for risk when considering 
strategic objectives, and the acceptable level of risk that can be taken on 
by the Group and its individual operating entities (‘Wilmington risk appetite’). 
Wilmington’s businesses worldwide are responsible for executing their 
activities in accordance with the local risk appetite set by the Board, 
complemented by the Wilmington Code of Conduct, Anti-Bribery and 
Corruption (‘ABC’) and Modern Slavery guidelines, other Group policies, 
and in accordance with delegated authority limits. The Risk Assessment 
covers a three year period consistent with the period of assessment 
used in the three year planning process and the viability statement review.

Risk is assessed across the Group by the Wilmington Risk Committee 
(comprising the Heads of Group Functions, Managing Directors of 
Businesses (‘MDs’) and the Chief Financial Officer) that report directly 
to the Board using a combination of structured formal interviews, monthly 
operational updates, site visits, ‘bottom up’ reporting and registers (the 
‘Risk Assessment’). The Risk Assessment covers both external and 
internal factors and the potential impact and likelihood of those risks 
occurring. Twice per annum the Audit Committee discusses the report 
received from the external auditors regarding their audit; which 
includes comments on their findings on internal control and risks.

Risks once identified are reviewed and then incorporated into formal 
risk registers held at both a Group and at entity level, which evolve to 
reflect any reduction/increase in identified risks and the emergence 
of any new risks. Where it is considered that a risk can be mitigated 
further to the benefit of the business, responsibilities are assigned, 
and action plans are agreed.

The Wilmington Risk Committee coordinates and facilitates the risk 
assessment process on behalf of the Board. Group policies and delegated 
authority levels which are set by the Board provide the means by which 
risks are reviewed and escalated to the appropriate level within the 
Group, up to and including the Board, for review and confirmation.

We have a clear framework for identifying and managing risk, both at 
an operational and strategic level. Our risk identification and mitigation 
processes have been designed to be appropriate to the ever-changing 
environments in which we operate.

The following chart summarises our business risk management structure.

Board

Audit Committee

Executive Committee

Risk Committee

Review and confirmation
Review and confirmation by the Board with input 
from the Audit Committee

Process
Risks and mitigation reviewed by the Audit Committee 
after validation and assessment by the Risk Committee

Ongoing review and control
There is ongoing review of the risks and the controls 
in place to mitigate these risks

Review and assessment
The Heads of Group functions and MDs identify the 
key risks and develop mitigation actions 

The Risk Committee consolidates the businesses, 
functional and group risks to compile the Group’s 
key risks

32

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Strategic ReportRoles and responsibilities
The Board regularly reviews the Group’s key risks and is supported in the discharge of this responsibility by various committees, specifically the 
Audit Committee. The risk management roles and responsibilities of the Board, its Committees, and business management are set out below, and 
all these responsibilities have been met during the year.

1. Board
Responsibilities
•  Approve the Group’s strategy and objectives

•  Determine Group appetite for risk in achieving its strategic objectives

•  Establish the Group’s systems of risk management and internal control

2. Audit Committee
Responsibilities
The Audit Committee supports the Board by monitoring risk and 
reviewing the effectiveness of Group internal controls, including 
systems to identify, assess, manage and monitor risks.

Actions
•  Receive regular reports on the internal and external audit and other 

assurance activities

•  Receive regular risk updates from the businesses

•  Determine the nature and extent of the principal Group risks 

and assess the effectiveness of mitigating actions

•  At least annually review the effectiveness of risk management 

and internal control systems

•  Review the adequacy of the Group’s Whistleblowing, Modern 

Slavery and ABC policy

3. Executive Committee and Risk Committee
Responsibilities
•  Strategic leadership of the Group’s operations

•  Ensure that the Group’s risk management and other policies 

Actions
•  Review of risk management and assurance activities 

and processes

are implemented and embedded

•  Monthly/quarterly finance and performance reviews

•  Review key risks and mitigation plans

•  Review the three year strategic plan

•  Review results of assurance activities

•  Escalate key risks to the Board

•  Monitor that appropriate actions are taken to manage strategic 
risks and key risks arising within the risk appetite of the Board

•  Consider emerging risks in the context of the Group’s 

strategic objectives

•  Monitor the application of risk appetite and the effectiveness 

of risk management processes. The Risk Committee and Board 
also consider the Group’s overall risk appetite in the context 
of the negative impact that the Group can sustain before it risks 
the Group’s continued ability to trade

•  Responsible for risk identification and management within their 

divisions/area of business responsibility

•  Monitoring the discharge of their responsibilities by operating entities

4. Heads of the Group functions and MDs of businesses
Responsibilities
•  Maintain an effective system of risk management and internal 

Actions
•  Regularly review operational, project, functional and strategic risks

control within their function/operating company

•  Review mitigation plans

•  Plan, execute and report on assurance activities as required by 

entity, region or Group

33

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsRisks and uncertainties facing the business continued

Wilmington risk appetite
The Group’s approach is to minimise exposure to reputational, financial 
and operational risk, whilst accepting and recognising a risk/reward 
trade off in the pursuit of its strategic and commercial objectives.

As an information, education and networking provider to certain 
professional and regulated markets the integrity of the business 
and its brands is crucial and cannot be put at risk. Consequently, it 
has a zero tolerance for risks relating to non-adherence to laws and 
regulations (‘unacceptable risk’). The business, however, operates in 
a challenging and highly competitive market place that is constantly 
changing not just in regulation and legislation but also for new 
technology and process innovation. 

It is therefore part of day-to-day planning to make certain financial 
and operational investments in pursuit of growth objectives, accepting 
the risk that the anticipated benefits from these investments may not 
always be fully realised. Its acceptance of risk is subject to ensuring 
that potential benefits and risks are fully understood and sensible 
measures to mitigate risk are established.

Principal risks
The Directors have carried out an assessment of the principal risks 
facing the Group – including, in the year to 30 June 2019, those that 
would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or 
reputation. The 13 key risks and uncertainties relating to the Group’s 
operations, along with their potential impact and the mitigations in 
place, are set out below. There may be other risks and uncertainties 
besides those listed below which may also adversely affect the Group 
and its performance. More detail can be found in the Audit Committee 
Report on pages 47 and 48.

In summary, our principal risks in the context of the strategic goals 
and viability review are mapped over a three year period as follows:

h
g
H

i

%
0
8
>

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
L

i

i

m
u
d
e
M

%
0
8
–
0
2

w
o
L

%
0
2
<

9

12

3

4

7

6

8

10

1.  Lack of organic growth 

2.  Lack of changes to regulations and legislation

3.  Recruitment and retention of high calibre staff

4. 

Intellectual property rights infringement

5. 

 Failure or significant interruption to IT systems 
causing disruption to client service

1

6.  Competition across the business

7.  Technology and speed of change 

8.  Remoteness of operations and globalisation 

9. 

 Disruption to the Accountancy Business on the 
integration of Mercia and SWAT

2

11

5

13

10.  Dependency on key data sources

11.  Cancellation of key events 

12.  IR35 tax reforms

13. Reputational risk

Low
<£1m

Financial impact
Medium
£1–2m

High
>£2m

Removal of risks
In the June 2018 Annual Report, a key risk relating to ‘Poorly evaluated and integrated acquisitions’ was included. There have been no significant acquisitions made 
during the year and plans for future acquisitions have been de-prioritised as part of the strategy to focus on organic growth so this is no longer considered to be a key 
risk. Should the Group make a significant acquisition in the future consideration will be given as to whether this risk should be reintroduced as a key risk.

The June 2018 Annual Report also included a key risk related to the ‘Impact of General Data Protection Regulation’. The effective date for the General Data Protection 
Regulation (‘GDPR’) was 25 May 2018. Wilmington’s Data Protection Officer worked with the Group’s head of marketing and legal and technology specialists to complete 
an extensive GDPR readiness programme. Processes are now embedded in the business to ensure that the Group is fully compliant with the requirements of GDPR. 
There have been no breaches of the GDPR during the year. We will continue to monitor our processes around data management to ensure compliance with GDPR. 
Given the strong processes that have been embedded in the business this no longer considered to be a key risk to the business.

34

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Strategic Report1. Lack of organic growth 

2.  Lack of changes to 

3.  Recruitment and retention 

regulations and legislation

of high calibre staff

Strategic objective 

1   2

Strategic objective 

1   2

Strategic objective 

1   2   3

Description
New products are critical to our organic growth and 
underpin our ability to maintain acceptable margins 
and best in class returns over the long term.

Failure to invest in our businesses, or for those 
investments to not deliver an acceptable rate of 
return, jeopardises the ability of the Group to grow.

Mitigation
New product development (‘NPD’) best practice is 
shared between the entities in the Group and return 
on investment of past and future innovation projects 
is tracked. This ensures that the collective experience 
and expertise of the Group can be utilised to 
maximum effect.

During the year a new NPD framework was 
implemented. The framework is designed to i) 
encourage more innovation and investment 
opportunities ii) develop more governance and 
rigour around internal investment and iii) to act 
as a starting point for post-investment appraisal.

Depending on the size of the initiatives, Board 
or Investment Committee approval is required, 
ensuring that the Group’s significant projects 
are aligned to the overall strategy.

During the year each business completed a three 
year strategic business plan which was presented 
to the Executive Committee. These plans were 
then consolidated in to one Group plan which was 
presented to the Board. The plan thus provides a 
business led roadmap of medium-term product 
development to support growth plans.

Mark Milner, the Group’s new Chief Executive Officer, 
commenced his new role on 1 July 2019. Mark has an 
outstanding track record in sales and marketing, and in 
generating growth by way of product innovation, which 
is expected to have a positive impact on the Group’s 
plan to grow organically.

Change since 2018
Same risk 

Description
Wilmington’s client and customer operations 
are subject to wide-ranging laws, regulations 
and legislation, increasing operational complexity 
and heightening risk.

Description
As a people business we recognise that the 
future success of our business is dependent 
on attracting, developing, motivating, improving 
and retaining talent.

Changes to the regulatory landscape (i.e. Brexit 
and General Data Protection Regulation) offer 
opportunities for Wilmington to leverage its 
knowledge and expertise to assist clients and 
customers with the change.

A lack of regulatory change would reduce new 
opportunities for growth and demand for existing 
products and services.

Mitigation
We actively monitor government regulatory bodies 
and relevant committees to ensure that we understand 
the future landscape. This enables us to position 
both our existing and new products and services 
to help better deliver to our clients and customers.

Local plans are updated as part of the internal 
strategic planning process to enable us to respond 
quickly to market information and economic trends. 
Continual monitoring of market conditions and market 
changes against our Group strategy, supported by the 
reforecasting and reporting in all of our businesses, 
are key to our ability to respond rapidly to changes 
in our operating environment.

We continually seek to increase and diversify the 
Group’s product portfolio by offering more value 
added products which are less dependent on changes 
in regulation. We have sought to increase the variable 
element of our cost base through actions such as 
outsourcing venue facilities to allow us to react more 
flexibly to changes in demand. The implications of 
Brexit have been specifically considered on page 39 
of this report.

Change since 2018
Same risk 

Mitigation
The Group HR Director is a member of the Executive 
Committee and provides leadership on retention, 
succession planning and talent management.

The Group operates a meritocratic culture where 
everyone can maximise their potential.

The Group HR Director and senior management 
complete a talent review every six months to ensure 
that talented employees are identified and given the 
opportunity to fulfil their potential within the 
Wilmington business.

The continual development of the Senior Leadership 
Team encourages motivation and engagement with 
the business. Management Development Programmes, 
enhance the skills of executives and managers 
needed in their current and future roles. 

The ongoing programme of upgrading office 
facilities across the Group which started with the 
London head office and has recently included the 
Leicester office has markedly improved the 
environment in which our employees work.

The Wilmington Culture Committee was established 
during the year. The objective of the committee is to 
work with the Group’s employees to improve the 
working environment across the business.

The Group operates a competitive remuneration 
package that is enhanced by share plans for certain 
senior management. 

During the year the Group introduced a Save As You 
Earn scheme for UK employees to further align the 
interests of employees and shareholders.

Communications with staff have been improved 
during the year with the launch of a new intranet 
website and a series of communication initiatives.

Change since 2018
Same risk 

Strategic objectives

1

To accelerate growth through our knowledge based model

2 To build a truly international business

3 To create a fully digital enterprise

35

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsRisks and uncertainties facing the business continued

4.  Intellectual property 
rights infringement

5.  Failure or significant interruption 

6.  Competition across 

to IT systems causing 
disruption to client service

the business

Strategic objective 

1   2   3

Strategic objective 

1   2   3

Strategic objective 

1   2

Description
Protection of our intellectual property builds 
competitive advantage by strengthening barriers 
to entry. Our intangible resources include data, 
processes, technological know-how, branding 
and our workforce.

Intellectual property rights are integral to the 
Group’s success.

Mitigation
We take a zero tolerance approach to any intellectual 
property infringement and will take all necessary 
action to enforce our rights and proactively 
identify infringements.

Wilmington’s policy is to litigate against any 
infringement of our intellectual property rights. 

Operating businesses are actively encouraged to 
develop and protect the know-how in local jurisdictions.

Change since 2018
Same risk 

Description
Major failures in our IT systems may result in client 
service being interrupted or data being lost/corrupted 
causing damage to our reputation and/or a decline 
in revenue.

Description
The markets in which we operate are highly 
competitive. The competition constantly challenges 
the boundaries of technological advances, regulation 
and legislation in seeking to gain an advantage.

There is a risk that a cyber attack on our 
infrastructure by a malicious individual or Group 
could be successful and impact critical systems 
used across the Group.

Mitigation
With the completion of the migration of our IT 
infrastructure to a UK based third-party specialist 
in 2018 we transformed our IT services to improve 
the experience for our global workforce in 21 offices. 
A shared hosting facility for our internal systems, 
giving us Tier 3 and ISO 27001 data centres for extra 
security and a common disaster recovery position 
is also in place.

We have introduced mandatory Cyber security training 
for all staff to increase the awareness of this increasing 
threat. In addition, our outsourced IT infrastructure 
partner pro-actively monitors our network periphery 
for potential cyber-attacks. We are planning further 
education and simulations of cyber-attacks for staff 
to further increase awareness and reduce this risk.

Specific back-up and resilience requirements are built 
into our systems and we are increasingly becoming 
more cloud based.

Our critical infrastructure is set up so far as is reasonably 
practical to prevent unauthorised access and reduce 
the likelihood and impact of a successful attack.

Business continuity and disaster recovery plans are in 
place and are assessed continually to ensure that they 
cover the residual risks that cannot be mitigated. 

During recent years, the Group has outsourced the 
hosting of all websites improving resilience, efficiency 
and scalability.

Change since 2018
Same risk 

Competition could lead to a reduction in market 
share and/or a decline in revenue.

Mitigation
The Group operates in specialised global niche 
markets offering high barriers to entry.

Our focus is on retaining existing clients as well 
as engaging with new clients. Our service offering 
continuously evolves and improves to meet the 
changing needs of our clients.

To remain competitive in all markets, we continue 
to promote and differentiate our strengths whilst 
focusing on providing the quality of service that 
our clients require.

We continue to invest in the development of client 
relationships globally and associated systems to 
support our client service offering. By empowering 
and resourcing innovation in local operations to 
respond to changing market needs, the potential 
adverse effects of competition can be mitigated 
and growth can be maintained.

Ideas were generated about how our core businesses 
might develop their product offerings, and management 
are now working on these ideas as part of their three 
year strategy plans. 

This will be complemented by a heightened emphasis 
on sales and marketing execution and on streamlining 
the organisation to enable it to move at a faster pace. 

These are the top priorities for Mark Milner, the new 
Chief Executive Officer who joined on 1 July 2019. 

Change since 2018
Same risk 

Strategic objectives

1

To accelerate growth through our knowledge based model

2 To build a truly international business

3 To create a fully digital enterprise

36

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Strategic Report7.  Technology and 
speed of change

8.  Remoteness of operations 

and globalisation

9.  Disruption to the Accountancy 
business on the integration 
of Mercia and SWAT 

Strategic objective 

1   2   3

Strategic objective 

  2   3

Strategic objective 

1   2   3

Description
A key operational risk emanates from the remoteness 
of operations from head office and the increasing 
global spread of our businesses. 

Description
A key strategic objective during the forthcoming 
year is the completion of the integration of the 
accountancy businesses.

There is a currency risk from operating in a large 
number of countries.

Mitigation
Control is exercised locally in accordance with 
the Group’s policy of autonomous management. 
We seek to employ high quality local experts. 

The Group’s acquisition model ensures retention 
of management and staff in acquired businesses 
meaning that local expertise is maintained. Divisional 
Managing Directors ensure that overall Group strategy 
is fulfilled through an ongoing review of the businesses. 
The right balance between autonomy and adherence 
to the overall objectives of the Group is a key function 
of the Divisional Managing Directors. The creation 
of central functions for IT, finance and HR provides a 
central insight into local operations and allows more 
central control than would be possible with 
geographically distributed functions.

We manage currency risk in local operations through 
maintaining borrowings in local currency to offset 
currency assets, forward currency contracts (held in 
the centre) and by matching revenue and costs in 
the same currency.

Change since 2018
Same risk 

Accountancy, whilst under a single management 
team, still had two separate organisations inherited 
from its Mercia and SWAT heritage. Significant progress 
has been made integrating the business during FY 2019. 
This progress is ongoing particularly with regard to 
systems integration and will continue in FY 2020.

The integration is dependent on the effective and 
timely integration of business systems. Failure to 
achieve it could impact our ability to grow the 
business in the future.

Mitigation
Plans are in progress to complete the full integration 
of Mercia and SWAT in the year so that accountancy 
clients in the UK can be provided with a single 
integrated service.

We are taking a phased approach to minimise risk. 
This plan has been carefully developed using both 
in-house and external expertise to minimise any 
disruption to clients.

The Executive Committee and management in 
the business monitor the progress of the integration 
through updates provided during regular meetings. 
Contingency plans are established in the event 
of any issues or delays during the integration.

Change since 2018
Reduced 

Description
Digital and technological transformation is now 
moving at a fast pace across the globe, disrupting 
value chains and transcending the traditional ways 
of conducting business. 

Digitalisation is compelling our clients and 
customers to revisit their business models 
increasingly shaped by the digital world. 

Although digital and technological transformation 
offers Wilmington boundless possibilities for growth 
and value creation, it comes with its own set of 
challenges and risks.

Mitigation
We have initiated a new NPD (New Product 
Development) process to enable and encourage 
product innovation throughout our business. 
This has improved our rate of innovation to deliver 
‘client centric’ products.

We are supplementing our technology organisation 
with external hires from mature digital organisations 
to further accelerate our digital and technology 
transformation. This includes the appointment of a 
new Chief Technology Officer and other members 
of our technology function.

We have made further progress in developing 
products for the evolving digital learning market. 
Wilmington, like its larger competitors is positioning 
itself to take advantage of rapidly changing client 
demands and is investing into blended digital 
learning solutions, courses and packages. During 
2018/2019 we have continued to invest in Totara©, 
the group wide Learning Management System 
(‘LMS’). It is now used by ~24,000 clients across 
10 of our businesses.

In our operational decision-making process, we are 
increasingly taking a ‘digital first’ approach to new 
training product launches and in support we have 
invested significant resource in setting up and 
developing the next generation of digital training 
products and learning support systems.

Change since 2018
Reduced  

37

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsRisks and uncertainties facing the business continued

10.  Dependency on 

key data sources 

12. IR35 Tax Reforms

13. Reputational risk

Strategic objective 

1   2   3

Strategic objective 

1

Strategic objective 

1   2  

Description
Wilmington generates a significant amount of 
revenue from the sale of data or the licenced access 
to data. This data is often sourced from third parties 
who sell Wilmington either exclusive or non-exclusive 
licences to use the data.

There could be a significant decrease in the Group’s 
revenue if Wilmington were to lose these licences 
completely or in the case of exclusive arrangements 
if we were to lose the exclusive rights.

Description
The Group currently engages with contractors 
that provide key services to Wilmington through 
intermediary limited companies. These services 
include operating as trainers, examiners and 
invigilators as well as supporting short-term 
development projects.

IR35 is tax legislation by Her Majesty’s Revenue 
and Customs (‘HMRC’) that is designed to ensure 
the correct taxation of workers supplying their 
services to clients via intermediary limited companies. 

Mitigation
We monitor key data licence contracts across the 
business to ensure that all key contracts that are 
close to expiring are identified as early as possible.

The aim of IR35 is to differentiate between genuine 
self-employed individuals and individuals who would 
be an employee if the intermediary limited company 
was not used.

Description
Much of the Group’s revenue is generated by training 
clients in matters of regulation and compliance or by 
hosting events that debate such topics.

If the Group were to suffer a compliance breach itself 
then prospective clients may call into question its 
fitness to provide such training or host such events.

Mitigation
The Board maintains a zero tolerance approach to 
non-adherence with laws and regulations. This is 
clearly communicated to employees and is reinforced 
through the Company’s internal communications. 

The Board receives regular updates on changes 
to applicable legislation and regulation and plans 
to adopt them across the Group. Examples of this 
recently have included the adoption of rules around 
the Global Data Protection Regulations enacted 
in May 2018.

Historically, the responsibility of determining if an 
individual should be taxed as an employee (i.e. they 
are captured by the IR35 legislation) or if they are 
self-employed lay with the individual.

From April 2020 the introduction of the IR35 tax 
reforms means that the responsibility for making 
the assessment now lies with the end user (i.e. with 
the Group). 

Individual businesses operate under specific 
independent brands, and this helps mitigate the 
potential fall-out across the Group of an issue in 
any specific business.

Change since 2018
New risk

This new legislation introduces both compliance risk 
and commercial risk to the Group. 

Non-compliance with the new legislation could 
result in fines from HMRC and reputational damage 
to the Group.

If the new legislation increases the taxes that these 
individuals pay, there is a risk that they will seek 
employment elsewhere or increase their charges to 
Wilmington to compensate for the additional taxes 
that they are incurring.

Mitigation
The Group HR director is currently working with 
senior management to identify the number of 
individuals within the business who provide their 
services via intermediary limited companies. 

In addition, we are taking legal and tax advice to fully 
understand the new legislation and to ensure we are 
fully compliant with it.

Change since 2018
New risk

We have close working relationships with the third 
parties to these contracts and aim to start negotiations 
to extend the contracts at an early stage to give 
Wilmington the best possible chance of renegotiating 
and extending the contracts.

Change since 2018
Same risk 

11. Cancellation of key events

Strategic objective 

1   2

Description
The Group generates revenue from events that occur 
in different venues across the world. The cancellation 
of these events due to unforeseen circumstances 
that are beyond the Group’s control could result in a 
significant decrease in revenue due to loss of delegate 
and sponsorship revenue.

The types of circumstance which could result in 
the cancellation of an event include an event venue 
owner going into administration or not being able to 
use a venue due to fire, weather or IT issues.

Mitigation
By having a portfolio of events that occur in different 
locations across the world at different times of the 
year the Group has reduced the likelihood that the 
cancellation of a specific event could cause a 
significant decrease in revenue. However certain 
events do contribute significantly to revenue and 
profit and results would be effected if the events 
were cancelled without replacement.

In the event of such a cancellation the Group 
would seek to reschedule to meet sponsor 
and delegate requirements.

The Group does not currently maintain insurance 
cover for such cancellations as it considers the 
cost to be uneconomical.

Change since 2018
Same risk 

Strategic objectives

1

To accelerate growth through our knowledge based model

2 To build a truly international business

3 To create a fully digital enterprise

38

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Strategic ReportBrexit implications 
As a predominantly UK based business, we will naturally be impacted 
by Brexit in whatever form that takes. The majority of our business is 
conducted within the country of origin, and this does protect us against 
some of the major uncertainties around future cross-border trade. 

The Board has assessed the potential impacts and is considering the 
implications in the event of a ‘no deal’ position. The main impacts are 
expected to be impacts on travel arrangements, changes in regulatory 
and tax frameworks, currency fluctuations and potential impacts on 
demand for business in certain areas. In respect of the last of these, 
our current assessment is that the risk is balanced. 

There is the potential that Brexit will have a negative impact on overall 
customer budgets in both the short and medium terms due to the 
economic challenges that the changes will present. However, we anticipate 
that consequential changes in the regulatory and tax regimes will offer 
increased demand for training in the professional and compliance areas. 

The potential impact on the healthcare sector at this stage is harder 
to gauge and will only become clearer when the path of exit is known. 
Changes to new drug approval processes may impact the business 
development activities of pharmaceutical companies. However we believe 
that such changes are likely to be short-term in their impact.

Viability statement
In accordance with C2.2. of the Corporate Governance Code (2016), 
the Directors have assessed the viability of the Group. The Directors’ 
assessment was over a three year period to 30 June 2022, taking 
account of the Group’s current position and the potential impact of the 
principal risks documented in the Strategic Report on pages 35 to 38.

Each risk and associated risks have been quantified in terms of their 
potential cost impact and evaluated against three year financial forecasts. 
In all scenarios (including an aggregation of scenarios) the review indicates 
no breach of covenants or the need to refinance the existing revolving 
credit facility. The revolving credit facility was extended on 3 July 2019 and 
will now expire on 3 July 2023.

The Directors have determined that the three year period is an appropriate 
period over which to provide its viability statement, being consistent with 
the period covered by the Group’s strategic planning process.

In making this statement the Directors have considered the resilience of the 
Group, taking account of its current position, the principal risks facing the 
business, the potential financial impact of market conditions and the 
effectiveness of any mitigating actions. The assessment considered the 
potential impacts of these identified principal risks on the business model, 
future performance, solvency and liquidity over the period.

The Board’s assessment has been made with reference to the Group’s 
current position and prospects, the Group’s strategic plan, the Board’s risk 
appetite and the Group’s principal risks and how these are managed, as 
detailed in the Strategic Report on pages 35 to 38. The strategy and 
associated principal risks underpin the Group’s three year plan, which the 
Directors review at least annually. The three year plan, including financing 
projections, is subject to sensitivity analysis which involves applying different 
assumptions to the underlying forecast both individually and in aggregate.

Based on this assessment, the Directors have a reasonable expectation 
that the Company will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities 
as they fall due over the next three years.

Internal control
The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of internal control and risk 
management, and for reviewing the effectiveness of these systems. These 
systems are designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to 
achieve business objectives, and to provide reasonable, but not absolute, 
assurance against material misstatement or loss. 

In line with the Turnbull Report recommendations, the Board regularly 
reviews the effectiveness of the Group’s systems of internal control. 
The Board’s monitoring covers all controls, including financial, operational 
and compliance controls and risk management. It is based principally on 
reviewing reports from management to consider whether significant risks 
are identified, evaluated, managed and controlled.

Further details of principal risks are given on pages 35 to 38 and details of 
financial risks such as interest rate risk, liquidity risk and foreign currency 
risk are given in the financial statements in note 20.

The key features of the internal financial control system that operated 
throughout the period under review are as follows:

i) Financial reporting
The Board reviewed the Annual Report, together with the annual and 
interim results announcements. The Board also reviews and approves 
Trading Announcements (as appropriate).

The Board considered the appropriateness of the Group’s accounting 
policies, critical accounting estimates and key judgments. It reviewed 
accounting papers prepared by management on areas of financial 
reporting judgment. This included a consideration of the carrying value 
of goodwill based on executive management’s expectations of future 
performance, and the impact of adoption of IFRS15 – Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers.

The Board considered and is satisfied that, taken as a whole, the Annual 
Report is fair, balanced and understandable, and that it provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s 
performance, business model and strategy.

ii) Management information systems
Effective planning, annual budgeting and monthly forecasting systems are 
in place, as well as a monthly review of actual results compared with forecast, 
budget and the prior year. The annual budget and monthly forecasts are 
reviewed by the Board. Risk assessment and evaluation takes place as an 
integral part of this process. Monthly reports on performance are provided 
to the Board and the Group reports results to shareholders twice a year.

Insurance cover for the Group, as well as individual operating companies, 
has been procured where it is considered appropriate.

iii) Acquisitions, disposals and treasury
The Board also discusses in detail the projected financial impact of proposed 
acquisitions and disposals, including their financing. All such proposed 
investments are considered by all Directors. The Board is also responsible 
for reviewing and approving the Group’s treasury strategy, including 
mitigation against changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates.

Organisations
There are well-structured financial and administrative functions at both the 
Group and at the operating company level staffed by appropriately qualified 
staff. The key functions at Group level include: Group accounting, corporate 
planning, Group treasury, human resources, IT services, Company 
secretarial and Group taxation.

Other matters
The Group has no known issues relating to human rights or modern slavery 
matters. The welfare of all the Group’s stakeholders, including the community, 
is carefully considered to ensure that such parties are not adversely 
affected by the Group’s actions in the course of its day-to-day business.

The information forming the strategic report on pages 2 to 39 was 
approved and authorised for issue by the Board and signed on their behalf 
on 18 September 2019.

Richard Amos
Chief Financial Officer
18 September 2019

39

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsBoard of Directors

A diverse range of skills 
and experience

Martin Morgan
Non-Executive Chairman 

Mark Milner
Chief Executive Officer 

Richard Amos
Chief Financial Officer and Company 
Secretary

Appointment to the Board
May 2018

Committee membership

A N R

Appointment to the Board
July 2019

Committee membership

N

Appointment to the Board
March 2018

Committee membership
None

Key areas of prior experience
Martin Morgan has over 30 years of media 
and B2B experience, having spent a large 
proportion of his career at Daily Mail and 
General Trust Plc (‘DMGT’). Martin was Chief 
Executive of DMG information and subsequently 
held the position of Chief Executive of DMGT 
from 2008 to 2016. Prior to that, he held a 
number of senior positions at RELX Plc from 
1975 to 1989. Martin is currently Chairman 
of Signal Media Limited, a Non-Executive 
Director at City of London Investment Trust, 
a Non-Executive Director of Ansor Limited 
and was a director of Euromoney Institutional 
Investor plc between 2008 and 2016.

Key areas of prior experience
Mark Milner joined Wilmington from Daily 
Mail and General Trust plc (‘DMGT’) where 
since 2001 he has held a number of senior 
roles. These include Chief Executive Officer 
of Landmark Information Group, its property 
information division, from 2013 to 2018. Prior 
to this, whilst at DMGT, Mark was Chief Executive 
Officer of the Digital Property Group, responsible 
for running its consumer-focussed property 
portals, PrimeLocation, Findaproperty and 
Globrix until their merger with Zoopla in 2012. 
Between 2001 and 2008 Mark held a variety 
of positions at Associated Northcliffe Digital Ltd, 
becoming Managing Director of the Specialist 
Division. Whilst there he was involved in the 
launch of Mail Online, now the world’s most 
visited English language news site. Mark’s 
early career was spent in commercial and 
sales roles in the newspaper industry.

Key areas of prior experience
Richard Amos joined the Board on 
1 March 2018 becoming Chief Financial 
Officer on 1 April 2018 and Company 
Secretary on 7 May 2019. Prior to joining 
Wilmington, over the previous 18 years, 
Richard had been CFO at a number of listed 
and private companies operating primarily in 
the technology sector. Most recently he was 
CFO at AIM listed Plant Impact plc and prior to 
that was Group Finance Director of Anite plc 
from 2009 until its sale in 2015. He qualified 
as a Chartered Accountant in 1991 having 
graduated with an MA in Management 
Studies and Engineering from Cambridge 
University in 1988.

40

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Our GovernancePaul Dollman
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Derek Carter
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Nathalie Schwarz
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Appointment to the Board
September 2015

Committee membership

A N R

Appointment to the Board
December 2011

Committee membership

A N R

Appointment to the Board
December 2011

Committee membership

A N R

Key areas of prior experience
Paul Dollman is a Chartered Accountant and 
enjoyed a successful career in finance as the 
Group Finance Director of John Menzies plc, 
a FTSE 250 company. Current roles include 
Non-Executive Director of Scottish Amicable, 
part of Prudential plc and Air Partners plc 
and Audit Committee Chairman of Verastar a 
private equity owned business which provides 
essential business services (telecoms, water 
and energy and insurance) to the small 
business market. Paul joined the Board on 
16 September 2015 and was appointed 
Chairman of the Audit Committee on 
5 November 2015.

Key areas of prior experience
Derek Carter was previously Chief Executive of 
Emap Communications for eleven years, where 
he led Emap’s growth into a market-leading 
mixed media business built on powerful 
information, events and magazine brands and 
its subsequent sale to Apax/Guardian Media 
Group in 2008. Derek, who was previously 
Chairman of DocuGroup, a leading European 
information business serving the construction 
sector, is the Senior Independent Director (‘SID’).

Key areas of prior experience
Nathalie Schwarz was formerly the 
Commercial and Corporate Development 
Director on the Board at Channel 4 Television 
between 2007 and 2010 and was Strategy 
and Development Director on the Board of 
Capital Radio plc where she worked for seven 
years between 1998 and 2005. Nathalie 
qualified as a solicitor with Clifford Chance 
where she worked until 1998.

Committee key

A Audit Committee

N Nomination Committee

R Remuneration Committee

Committee Chair

Read more on page 43

41

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsCorporate Governance Report

Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance 
Code from 1 July 2019
In July 2018, the Financial Reporting Council (‘FRC’) published the latest 
edition of the Code. This included changes which impact the guidance 
on the independence of Directors, the tenure of the Chair of the Board, 
Board and Committee composition, workforce and other stakeholder 
engagement and remuneration. The Code applies for periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2019. In the case of Wilmington it became 
applicable from 1 July 2019. The Board has put in place provisions to 
ensure compliance with the revised Code such that it believes it is in 
compliance with the new Code except for the following matters:

i) 

 The Code introduces changes in relation to Directors’ 
Remuneration, a number of which we already incorporate in our 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy such as the application of malus 
and clawback to variable remuneration. As we will seek shareholder 
approval for a new Policy at the AGM in 2020, we will review the 
way in which we address the updated Code as part of that process. 
In particular, we will consider our approach to the application of a 
post-vesting holding period to PSP awards (we currently require all 
participants to hold no less than 50% of any vested shares (net of 
taxes) for a minimum of two years post vesting) and the development 
of a formal policy for post-employment shareholding requirements. 
The new Code also references alignment between Executive Director 
and wider workforce pension provision. Our current Executive 
Directors receive a pension contribution (or cash equivalent) of 10% 
of salary; while we do not propose that this be changed as part of 
the Policy renewal, we will consider our approach to pension 
provision for any newly appointed Executive Director.

ii) 

 The 2018 Code removes the small company exemption that the 
Company has previously taken to allow the Chairman to be a member 
of the Audit Committee. The Board, advised by the Nomination 
Committee currently believe that having the Chairman on the Audit 
Committee is a positive benefit, considering his experience and 
independence. As such it intends to explain this non-compliance 
in next year’s Annual Report although it will keep the matter under 
regular review.

Composition and independence
The Board reviews Non-Executive Director independence on an annual 
basis and takes into account the individual’s professional experience, 
their behaviour at board meetings and their contribution to unbiased and 
independent debate. All of the Non-Executive Directors are considered 
by the Board to be independent apart from the Chairman who was 
considered independent on appointment.

Half of the board members were independent Non-Executive Directors 
throughout the year.

Biographical details of all the current Directors are set out on pages 40 
to 41.

Diversity
Wilmington believes that a diverse culture is a key factor in driving 
its success.

As at 30 June 2019, the Wilmington Board had one female Non-Executive 
Director, Nathalie Schwarz, representing 17% of board membership. 
The Executive Committee Membership (excluding those that sit on the 
Board) is split 33% female and 67% male (2018: 100% male). The Senior 
Leadership Team (excluding those that sit on the Board or Executive 
Committee) is split 47% female and 53% male (2018: 38% female and 
62% male). The Group’s employees are split 64% female and 36% male 
(2018: 63% female and 37% male).

Martin Morgan
Non-executive Chairman

Chairman’s introduction
Responsibility for good governance lies with the Board. As a Board 
we are committed to maintaining the highest standards of corporate 
governance and understand that an effective, challenging and diverse 
Board is essential to enable the Group to deliver its strategy and 
long-term shareholder value. Further information on our strategy 
and business model can be found on pages 18 to 21.

The Board recognises the importance of setting the right tone at the 
top in order to guide our people’s behaviour and ensure that we live by 
and demonstrate the right values which in turn enable entrepreneurial 
and prudent management to deliver long-term success for the Group 
and its stakeholders. Recognising that at the heart of every successful 
organisation is a strong and healthy culture, supported by a robust 
governance structure, during the year we have continued to promote a 
culture guided by four core values – enabling, enhancing, collaborating 
and innovating. As the custodian of Wilmington’s culture, the Board 
demands openness and transparency to maintain an environment in 
which our core values are practised by our people every day. 

We demand the highest professional standards from all of our people 
all of the time and to reinforce that we have a Code of Conduct which is 
readily accessible to all staff to support their day-to-day decision making. 
We have a zero tolerance approach to breaches of the Code of Conduct.

Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance 
Code during the year to 30 June 2019
Wilmington has complied, for the year ended 30 June 2019, with all 
relevant provisions of the Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’), 
as published by the Financial Reporting Council (‘FRC’) in April 2016, 
except as outlined below:

i) 

 For the period from 13 February 2019 to 30 June 2019 Martin Morgan 
held the role of Executive Chairman whilst the Group recruited a 
replacement for the previous CEO. This was a non-compliance 
with Code provision A2.1. The Board considered given it was for a 
temporary period that this was the most appropriate way to cover the 
inter-regnum period. Procedures were adopted at the Board meetings 
in the intervening period to ensure that there were no conflicts of duty 
in Martin Morgan’s performance of his role. The Board are satisfied 
that this temporary period as an executive does not compromise 
Martin Morgan’s ongoing role as Non-Executive Chairman. 

The main principles of the Code provide the framework for the reporting 
model which we have consistently used in recent years. Our approach 
to: Leadership is described on pages 43 and 44; Effectiveness is 
described on page 44; Risk management and internal controls is 
described on page 45; Remuneration is described on page 45 
and Relations with shareholders is described on page 46.

42

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Our GovernanceGovernance framework

Chairman

Board: Non-Executive Chairman, two Executive Directors and three Non-Executive Directors

Audit Committee

Nomination Committee

Chief Executive Officer

Remuneration Committee

Executive Committee: Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Technology Officer, Group HR Director 
and the Divisional Managing Directors

* 

Each division has at least one divisional operating board.

Divisional Operating Boards*

Length of tenure of Directors (years)
Number of complete years of service as a Director at 1 July 2019:

Martin Morgan

Mark Milner

Richard Amos

Derek Carter

Nathalie Schwarz

Paul Dollman

Balance of Directors

17%

33%83+
67+

83%

Male

67%

Independent Non-Executive

Female

Executive

The Directors
As at the date of this report the Directors of the Company are:

Non-Executive Chairman
Martin Morgan

Executive Directors
Mark Milner 
Richard Amos

Independent Non-Executive Directors
Derek Carter (Senior Independent Director) 
Nathalie Schwarz 
Paul Dollman

Shareholder engagement
The Board regards it as important to maintain an active dialogue 
with our shareholders. Further details regarding engagement with 
shareholders are set out on page 46. The Board receives regular 
reports from the Executives, the Chairman and from advisors on 
feedback from shareholder meetings. 

Leadership
The Board
The Company is controlled through the Board of Directors which, at 
30 June 2019, comprised an Executive Chairman, one other Executive 
and three Non-Executive Directors. Post the year end on 1 July 2019 
Mark Milner joined as Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman reverted 
to his previous non-Executive status. Short biographies of each 
Director are set out on pages 40 and 41. The Board focuses on the 
formulation of strategy, governance and the establishment of policies, 
stewardship of resources and review of business performance.

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company, subject to 
the Company’s Articles of Association (the ‘Articles’), the Companies 
Act 2006 and any directions given by the shareholders by special 
resolution. The Articles may be amended by a special resolution 
of the Company’s shareholders.

The Board meets as often as necessary to discharge its duties 
effectively. In the financial year ended 30 June 2019, eight main Board 
meetings were scheduled and the Directors’ attendance record is set 
out on page 44.

The Board has three formally constituted Committees, the Audit Committee, 
the Remuneration Committee and the Nomination Committee, each of 
which operates with defined terms of reference. The terms of reference 
of the three Committees are available on the Company’s website www.
wilmingtonplc.com. During the year the Audit Committee met twice, the 
Remuneration Committee five times and the Nomination Committee 
four times.

There is an Executive Committee that is responsible for the day-to-day 
management of the Company’s business within a framework of delegated 
responsibilities. It is chaired by the Chief Executive Officer and includes 
the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Technology Officer, Group HR Director 
and the Divisional Managing Directors.

43

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements33
+
K
17
+
K
Corporate Governance Report continued

Leadership continued
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
The roles of the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer are currently 
and normally held by separate individuals with separate responsibilities 
clearly defined by the Board. Unusually, from 13 February 2019 to 30 June 
2019 Martin Morgan held the combined role as interim Executive Chairman 
whilst a new Chief Executive Officer was recruited. He subsequently 
resumed his Non-Executive position on Mark Milner’s appointment on 
1 July 2019. The Board are satisfied that this temporary period as an 
executive does not compromise Martin Morgan’s ongoing role as 
Non-Executive Chairman. 

The Chairman is primarily responsible for the effective working of 
the Board, ensuring that each Director, including the Non-Executive 
Directors, is able to make an effective contribution and provide 
constructive comments on the business. The Chief Executive Officer 
has responsibility for all operational matters which includes the 
implementation of Group strategy and policies approved by the Board.

Non-Executive Directors
All the Non-Executive Directors are independent of the Company’s 
executive management and free from any business or other relationship 
that could materially interfere with the exercise of their independent 
judgment. The Chairman was considered independent on appointment. 
The Non-Executive Directors are responsible for bringing independent 
and objective judgment and scrutiny of all matters before the Board 
and its Committees, using their substantial and wide-ranging experience.

The terms and conditions of appointment of Non-Executive Directors 
are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office during 
normal business hours and at the Annual General Meeting.

Senior Independent Director
Derek Carter is the Senior Independent Director (‘SID’). His role 
as SID includes:

•  Being available to shareholders if they have concerns which contact 
through the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial 
Officer has failed to resolve (there were no requests from 
shareholders to meet the SID during the year); and

•  Meeting with the other Non-Executive Directors on the Board once 
a year to assess the Chairman’s performance, taking into account 
the views of the Executive Directors.

Company Secretary
The Board is supported in its operation by the Company Secretary 
who ensures that Board processes are followed and good corporate 
governance standards are maintained. All directors have access to 
the advice and services of the Company Secretary. On 7 May 2019 
Richard Amos, the current Chief Financial Officer took on the additional 

role of Company Secretary following the departure from the Group 
of Daniel Barton, the previous incumbent. The Board would like to 
formally thank Daniel for his contribution over the previous three years. 

Effectiveness
Meetings
The Board has a formal schedule of matters specifically reserved to it 
for decision which it reviews periodically. This schedule includes approval 
of acquisitions, disposals and items of major capital expenditure. 
The Board also reviews the Group’s Risk Register, wider risk assessment 
and viability review. At each Board meeting the Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer provide a review of the business and its 
performance, together with strategic issues arising. The Non-Executive 
Directors often meet separately from the Executive Directors usually 
either before or after Board meetings, to discuss relevant matters. 

In the year the range of subjects discussed by the Board included:

•  The strategy of the Group;

•  The response to the trading update of 6 July 2018 including the 
commissioning of the business review conducted with external 
consultants and its subsequent review and action;

•  The Group’s financial results and key business developments 

including the recovery plans for the UK Healthcare businesses;

•  The identification and appointment of the new Chief Executive Officer;

•  The approval for and execution of the disposal of ICP;

•  The approval of plans and monitoring progress of the relocation 

of the Leicester office;

•  The Group’s debt and capital structure including the arrangements 

for extending the debt facilities;

•  Dividend policy;

•  Regulatory and governance issues;

•  The development of the Group’s people including a six monthly 

talent review;

•  The Group’s Risk Register; and

• 

Insurance policy and cover.

In addition to the eight main meetings described above, the Board 
has two strategy meetings each year at which the Group’s strategic 
direction, viability plan and significant projects are discussed. 

Where additional meetings are required between main Board meetings 
and a full complement of Directors cannot be achieved, a Committee 
of Directors considers the necessary formalities.

Attendance table

Martin Morgan (Non-Executive Chairman)

Pedro Ros (former Chief Executive Officer)

Richard Amos (Chief Financial Officer)
Derek Carter (Non-Executive)

Nathalie Schwarz (Non-Executive)

Paul Dollman (Non-Executive)

44

Main Board
meetings
attended

Main Board
meetings
eligible to
attend

8

4

8
8

8

8

8

5

8
8

8

8

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Our GovernanceInformation flow
The Chairman, together with the Company Secretary, ensures 
that the Directors receive clear information on all relevant matters 
in a timely manner. Board papers are circulated sufficiently in advance 
of meetings for them to be thoroughly digested to ensure clarity of 
informed debate. The Board papers contain the Chief Executive Officer’s 
and the Chief Financial Officer’s written reports, high level papers on 
each business area, key metrics and specific papers relating to agenda 
items. The Board papers are accompanied by a management information 
pack containing detailed financial and other supporting information. 
The Board receives updates throughout the year and occasional ad hoc 
papers on matters of particular relevance or importance.

Time commitment
The Board is satisfied that the Chairman and each of the Non-Executive 
Directors committed sufficient time during the year to enable them to 
fulfil their duties as Directors of the Company. None of the Non-Executive 
Directors have any conflict of interest.

Induction and professional development
The Chairman is responsible for ensuring that induction and training 
are provided to each Director and for organising the induction process 
and regular updating and training of Board members. 

Training and updating in relation to the business of the Group and 
the legal and regulatory responsibilities of Directors was provided 
throughout the year by a variety of means to Board members including 
presentations by Executives, visits to business operations, external 
presentations and circulation of briefing material. Individual Directors 
are also expected to take responsibility for identifying their training 
needs and to ensure they are adequately informed about the Group 
and their responsibilities as a Director. The Board is confident that all 
its members have the knowledge, ability and experience to perform 
the functions required of a Director of a listed company.

Access to independent advice
Any Director who considers it necessary or appropriate may 
take independent, professional advice at the Company’s expense. 
None of the Directors sought such advice in the year.

Board evaluation and performance review
During the year the Board conducted a formal internal annual 
evaluation of its own performance, of each of its sub-committees and 
of each individual Director. The Board considered the need for external 
facilitation of this process but decided it was unnecessary at this stage 
in its development.

The review concluded that the Board and its sub-committees are 
operating effectively. Opportunities for improvement were identified, 
including to the process previously adopted for evaluating the 
performance of the Chairman. This was consequently resolved in the 
year. Additionally as shown above, the Board noted that its diversity did 
not fully reflect the position across the Group and resolved to consider 
this when making new appointments. It however noted that it had 
considered this during the recent processes for executive 
appointments without success. 

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee and the Board seek to maintain an 
appropriate balance between the Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors. The Committee is chaired by Derek Carter as SID and 
comprises all the Non-Executive Directors, including the Chairman, 
plus the Chief Executive Officer. It has full responsibility for reviewing 
the Board structure and for interviewing and nominating candidates to 
serve on the Board as well as reviewing senior executive development. 
Suitable candidates, once nominated, meet with the Chairman and 
the Chief Executive Officer. The candidates are then put forward for 
consideration and appointment by the Board as a whole. The Committee 
has access to external professional advice at the Company’s expense 
as and when required.

The main roles and responsibilities of the Nomination Committee are 
set out in written terms of reference which are available on the Company’s 
website www.wilmingtonplc.com/investors/corporate-governance/
roles-board. Details of the Nomination Committee’s activities can be 
found in the Nomination Committee Report on page 49.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is composed of all the Non-Executive Directors 
including the Chairman. The Audit Committee Chairman is Paul Dollman. 
The Board considers that Paul has the necessary recent and relevant 
experience to fulfil the role.

The main roles and responsibilities of the Audit Committee are set 
out in written terms of reference which are available on the Company’s 
website www.wilmingtonplc.com/investors/corporate-governance/
roles-board. Details of the Audit Committee’s policies and activities 
can be found in the Audit Committee Report on pages 47 and 48.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is chaired by Nathalie Schwarz and 
consists of all the Non-Executive Directors including the Chairman. It is 
responsible for recommending to the Board the framework and policy 
for Executive Directors’ remuneration and for setting the remuneration 
of the Chairman, Executive Directors and Senior Management. Given 
the small size of the Board, the Committee recognises the potential for 
conflicts of interest, and has taken appropriate measures to minimise 
the risk. The Committee meets at least twice a year, and takes advice 
from the Chief Executive Officer and external advisors as appropriate. 
In carrying out its work, the Board itself determines the remuneration 
of the Non-Executive Directors. The Committee has the power to seek 
external advice, and to appoint consultants as and when required in 
respect of the remuneration of Executive Directors. 

The main roles and responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee 
are set out in written terms of reference which are available on the 
Company’s website www.wilmingtonplc.com/investors/corporate-
governance/roles-board. Further details of the Group’s policies on 
remuneration and service contracts can be found in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 50 to 63.

Risk management and internal controls
The Board maintains an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating 
and managing significant risks faced by the Group. The Board regularly 
reviews this process, which has been in operation from the start of the 
year to the date of approval of this report. Further details on the key features 
of the risk management and internal controls can be found in the section 
on risks and uncertainties facing the business on pages 32 to 39.

45

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsCorporate Governance Report continued

Relations with shareholders
Dialogue with institutional shareholders
The Directors seek to build on a mutual understanding of objectives between the Company and its institutional shareholders by means of a 
programme of meetings with major shareholders, fund managers and analysts each year. The Company also makes presentations to analysts 
and fund managers following publication of its half-year and full-year results. Copies of the presentations are available on the Company’s website 
www.wilmingtonplc.com/investors/reports-and-presentations. The Board regularly receives updates on investor relations matters.

The Chairman is available on request to attend meetings with major shareholders. Since his appointment on 1 May 2018, the Chairman attended 
a number of such meetings. As referred to earlier, the SID is available to shareholders if they have concerns which other contacts have failed to resolve.

The Group’s website includes a specific and comprehensive investor relations section containing all RNS announcements, share price 
information, annual documents available for download and similar materials.

Constructive use of the Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will be held on 5 November 2019 and a separate notice convening the meeting is being sent out with this Report 
and financial statements. Details of resolutions to be proposed and an explanation of the items of special business can be found in the circular 
that accompanies the notice convening the meeting. Separate votes are held for each proposed resolution.

All Directors attend the Annual General Meeting at which they have the opportunity to meet with shareholders. After the formal business has been 
concluded, the Chairman will welcome questions from shareholders. 

Substantial shareholdings
As at 31 August 2019, the Company is aware of the following interests amounting to 3.0% or more in the Company’s issued ordinary share capital:

Number of
ordinary shares

11,399,664

7,160,000

6,060,539

5,626,167

4,290,000

4,135,755

3,682,512

3,600,000

3,244,936

2,735,000

%

13.02%

8.18%

6.92%

6.43%

4.90%

4.72%

4.21%

4.11%

3.71%

3.12%

Aberforth Partners LLP

Premier Fund Managers Limited

Artemis Investment Management

Strategic Equity Capital plc

Chelverton Asset Management Limited

Ameriprise Financial, Inc.

NFU Mutual Insurance Society Limited

Schroders plc

Standard Life Aberdeen plc

Brian D Gilbert

By order of the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Martin Morgan
Chairman
18 September 2019

46

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Our GovernanceAudit Committee report

Paul Dollman
Chairman of the Audit Committee

Dear Shareholder
It is my pleasure to present the Audit Committee report for the year 
ended 30 June 2019. 

Committee meetings
The Committee met twice during the year. The meetings are attended 
by Committee members and, by invitation, the Chief Financial Officer, 
Senior Management and representatives from the external auditors. 
Once a year, the Committee meets separately with the external 
auditors and with management without the other being present.

Roles and responsibilities
•  Monitoring the integrity of the annual and interim financial 
statements, the accompanying reports to shareholders 
and corporate governance statements including any significant 
financial reporting judgments contained in them;

•  Reporting to the Board the Company’s assessment of any new 

accounting standards;

• 

In conjunction with the Board reviewing and monitoring the 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal control and risk management 
systems, including reviewing the process for identifying, assessing 
and reporting all key risks, see the risks and uncertainties facing the 
business on pages 32 to 39;

•  To make recommendations to the Board in relation to the 

appointment and removal of the external auditors and to approve 
their remuneration and terms of engagement;

•  To review and monitor the external auditor’s independence, 

objectivity and the effectiveness of the audit process, taking into 
consideration, relevant UK professional and regulatory requirements;

•  To develop and implement policy on the engagement of the 

external auditor to supply non-audit services, taking into account 
relevant ethical guidance regarding the provision of non-audit 
services by the external audit firm, and to report to the Board, 
identifying any matters in respect of which it considers that action 
or improvement is needed and making recommendations as 
to the steps to be taken;

•  To annually assess the internal audit requirements of the Company;

•  To report to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities; and

•  To oversee the whistle blowing provisions of the Group to ensure that 

they are operating effectively.

Activities of the Committee
•  Undertook a competitive audit tender process and recommended 
to the Board a preferred firm to be appointed for the audit of the 
30 June 2019 financial statements;

•  Assessed and reported to the Board on whether the Annual Report 

and Accounts were fair, balanced and understandable;

•  Reviewed and discussed with the external auditors the key 

accounting considerations and judgments reflected in the Group’s 
results for the six month period ended 31 December 2018;

•  Reviewed and agreed the external auditors’ audit plan in advance 

of their audit for the year ended 30 June 2019;

•  Discussed the report received from the external auditors regarding 
their audit in respect of the year ended 30 June 2019; which included 
comments on their findings on internal control and a statement on 
their independence and objectivity;

•  Considered key accounting matters and new accounting standards;

•  Reviewed the Group’s whistle blowing policy, ensuring that it met 
FCA rules and good standards of corporate governance; and

•  Reviewed, together with the Board, the Risk Assessment 

and Viability Review.

During 2019 the Committee considered our approach to the 
requirements of the Financial Reporting Council’s 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code (‘UK Code’) which is applicable to Wilmington plc 
from 1 July 2019. The UK Code states that the Company Chairman 
should not be a member of the Audit Committee. However the 
Committee, in conjunction with the Board, believes that given the size 
of Wilmington plc and Martin Morgan’s extensive, relevant experience 
that it is appropriate that he remain a member. This decision will be 
assessed annually.

Significant areas
The significant areas considered by the Committee and discussed 
with the external auditors during the year were: 

i) Goodwill and intangible asset impairment: 
The Committee received reports from management on the carrying 
value of goodwill and intangible assets. The Committee reviewed 
management’s recommendations, which were also considered by 
the external auditors, including evaluation of the appropriateness 
of the assumptions applied in determining asset carrying values 
and the appropriateness of the identification of cash generating units. 
After review, the Committee was satisfied with the assumptions and 
judgments applied by management and concluded that the carrying 
values were appropriate and no impairments were required.

ii) Revenue recognition: 
The Committee considered the inherent risk of fraud in revenue 
recognition as defined by auditing standards and was satisfied 
that there were no issues arising.

47

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsThe Audit Committee give careful consideration before appointing 
the auditors to provide other services. The Group regularly use other 
providers to ensure that independence and full value for money are 
achieved. Other services are generally limited to work that is closely 
related to the annual audit or where the work is of such a nature that 
a detailed understanding of the business is necessary. During this year, 
£15,000 (2018: £79,000) was paid by the Group to the external auditors 
for audit related other services.

Internal Audit
There is currently no formal internal audit function which the committee 
deems appropriate given the size and complexity of the business and 
the mitigating controls in place. The committee will continue to consider 
the Company’s internal audit requirements annually.

Attendance table

Paul Dollman (Chairman)

Martin Morgan 

Derek Carter 

Nathalie Schwarz

Committee
meetings
attended

Committee
meetings
eligible to
attend

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

Approved on behalf of the Audit Committee by:

Paul Dollman
Chairman of the Audit Committee
18 September 2019

Audit Committee report continued

Significant areas continued
iii) Application of IFRS 15:
The Committee considered the transition approach and impact 
of implementing IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ 
from 1 July 2018 including the judgements made and the presentation 
of the impacts, see notes 1 and 29 to the financial statements.

External audit
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP had been in place as auditors 
of Wilmington plc for ten years following a tender process in 2009. 
Their performance had been reviewed annually and audit partner 
rotation requirements were observed. As indicated in last year’s Annual 
Report and in accordance with EU audit legislation a competitive 
tendering process was entered into for the provision of the external 
statutory audit of the Group for the year ended 30 June 2019.

The process was concluded in December 2018 when the Board 
appointed the Committee’s preferred choice of Grant Thornton UK LLP 
as the Company’s new auditors. 

There are no matters in connection with PricewaterhouseCoopers 
LLP’s resignation as auditors which, in the view of the Board, need to 
be brought to the attention of shareholders.

The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing the independence 
and objectivity of the external auditors, and ensuring this is safeguarded 
notwithstanding any provision of any other services to the Group.

The Board recognises the importance of safeguarding auditor 
objectivity and has taken the following steps to ensure that auditor 
independence is not compromised:

•  The independence of Grant Thornton UK LLP was assessed as 

part of the audit tender process;

•  The Audit Committee carries out each year a full evaluation of 
the external auditor as to its complete independence from the 
Group and relevant officers of the Group in all material respects 
and that it is adequately resourced and technically capable to 
deliver an objective audit to shareholders. Based on this review the 
Audit Committee recommends to the Board each year the continuation, 
or removal and replacement, of the external auditor;

•  The external auditors provided audit related services as well as 

formalities relating to shareholders and other circulars;

•  The external auditors may undertake due diligence reviews for 

prospective acquisitions given its knowledge of the Group’s businesses. 
Such provision will however be assessed on a case-by-case basis 
so that the best placed advisor is retained. The Audit Committee 
monitors the application of policy in this regard and keeps the 
policy under review;

•  The Audit Committee reviews on a regular basis all fees paid 

for audit, and all consultancy fees, with a view to assessing the 
reasonableness of fees, value of delivery, and any independence 
issues that may have arisen or may potentially arise in the future;

•  Different teams are utilised on all other assignments undertaken by 
the auditors. Before any such assignments can commence, teams 
must obtain approval of the Audit Committee. This approval confirms 
that sufficient and appropriate safeguards are put in place to ensure 
that auditor independence is retained; and

•  The external auditors’ report to the Directors and the Audit Committee 
confirming their independence in accordance with Auditing Standards. 
In addition to the steps taken by the Board to safeguard auditor 
objectivity, the Audit Practice Board Ethical Standard 3 requires 
audit partner rotation every five years for listed companies.

48

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Our GovernanceNomination Committee report

Derek Carter
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the Nomination Committee report for the year 
ended 30 June 2019.

Key responsibilities
The key responsibilities of the Committee are to:

•  Review the size, balance and constitution of the Board including 
the diversity and balance of skills, knowledge and experience 
of the Non-Executive Directors;

•  Consider succession planning for Directors and other 

senior executives;

• 

Identify and nominate for the approval of the Board candidates 
to fill Board vacancies;

•  Review annually the time commitment required of Non-Executive 

Directors; and

•  Make recommendations for the Board, in consultation with the 
respective Committee chairman regarding membership of the 
Audit and Remuneration Committees.

Main activities of the Committee during the year 
and subsequent to the year end
The Committee met four times during the year to 30 June 2019. 
The key matters considered at these meetings were:

i) Board composition
Chief Executive Officer
Following Pedro Ros’ departure as Chief Executive Officer on 
13 February 2019, the Nomination Committee met to consider the 
requirements for his replacement and the process that should be 
undertaken to conduct the search. The Committee took into account 
various considerations including feedback that Martin Morgan had 
received from senior executives within the Group on their views on the 
skills required. The Committee, working with the HR Director developed 
a job specification and decided to conduct an independent external 
recruitment process run by the Inzito Partnership who had supported 
the Group in the recruitment of Martin Morgan as Group Chairman in 
2018, but otherwise has no connection with the Company. The process 
to recruit the new Chief Executive officer was run by Derek Carter and 
the Group HR Director who conducted all first interviews. Candidates 
for the short list then met all other members of the Board and gave a 
presentation to the full Board who ultimately decided on the appointment. 
The appointment of the successful candidate, Mark Milner was announced 
on 16 May 2019 and he joined on 1 July. 

Company Secretary
The Committee considered the requirement for Company Secretarial 
support following Daniel Barton’s notice of resignation from the role with 
effect from 7 May 2019. It noted that Richard Amos, Chief Financial Officer, 
had previously fulfilled both roles simultaneously at previous appointments. 
It considered the implications of this including the impact of combining the 
roles. It concluded by recommending to the Board (who are responsible for 
the appointment of the Company Secretary) that appointing Richard Amos 
as Company Secretary was the most appropriate structure for the 
current time, noting that he would be supported in completion of the 
role by the newly appointed Group Head of Legal. 

In addition to the above, the Committee reviewed the composition 
of the Board including the range of skills, level of experience and balance 
between Executive and Non-Executive Directors. The Committee 
also reviewed the membership of the various Board Committees. 
The Committee concluded that the current membership of the Board 
and the Board Committees was appropriate for the needs of the business.

ii) Board evaluation
During the year the Committee led the Board and sub-committee 
evaluation process, details of which are included in the Governance 
review on page 45. As part of that process the Non-Executive directors 
met without the Chairman present to evaluate his performance. 
They concluded that he had made a very positive contribution in the 
period since joining and in particular in dealing with the departure of 
the previous Chief Executive Officer and covering the inter-regnum 
until Mark Milner’s appointment.

iii) Succession planning
The Committee kept under review the succession plans for both 
the Executive and Non-Executive Directors and the level of Senior 
Management immediately below Board level.

iv) Other senior management representation
The Committee maintained oversight over the various senior 
management changes that occurred across the Group over the year 
including the appointment of Tamara Kahn as Divisional Director for 
Compliance. Regular updates were received from the executives on 
the progress of the searches and the plans for dealing with reporting 
line changes that resulted from certain of the departures.

v) Worker Representation
In preparation for the new requirements for worker representation that 
took effect from 1 July 2019 as part of the revised requirements of the 
Combined Code, the Committee discussed the various options that 
are permitted. The Committee concluded that identifying an existing 
Board director with specific additional focus on worker representation 
was the more appropriate course of action for the Group at this time. 
Accordingly Derek Carter has been appointed as the Director 
responsible for Worker Representation.

Attendance table

Derek Carter (Chairman)
Martin Morgan 
Nathalie Schwarz
Paul Dollman
Pedro Ros

Committee
meetings
attended

Committee
meetings
eligible to attend

4
4
4
4
1

Approved on behalf of the Nomination Committee by:

Derek Carter
Chairman of the Nomination Committee
18 September 2019

4
4
4
4
2

49

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsDirectors’ remuneration report

Review of 2019
As described in the Strategic Report section of this Annual Report, 
Wilmington’s revenue has increased by 1.5% on an organic basis which 
represents a positive shift from the declines in the previous two years. 
However increased costs have resulted in adjusted profit falling in the 
year. Consequently, an annual bonus to Executive Directors of 24.7% of 
base salary (prorated for time served in the period where relevant) is 
due for performance against targets set by the Committee for the 2019 
financial year. Further information in relation to the assessment of the 
annual bonus performance measures is included on page 53.

In addition, the financial performance in the last three years results in 
an estimated 33.3% of the 2016 Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’) vesting, 
as described on page 54, based on the performance to 30 June 2019. 

As outlined in the Nomination Committee Report on page 49, on 
16 May 2019 the Company announced that Mark Milner would be joining 
as Chief Executive Officer replacing Pedro Ros. The Board welcomes 
Mark Milner who started his appointment on 1 July 2019. Mark Milner has 
been hired on a reward package consistent with that in place previously 
for Pedro Ros and consistent with our Directors’ Remuneration Policy. 
Mark Milner’s salary on appointment of £350,000 is less than his 
predecessor and his annual bonus and LTIP opportunities are the 
same. No ‘buy-out’ or other joining award was made to Mark in 
respect of his recruitment.

The remuneration arrangements in relation to Pedro Ros leaving the 
business were determined in line with the Directors’ Remuneration Policy. 
Details of the remuneration earned by Pedro Ros prior to his departure 
is included in the single total figure of remuneration table on page 52. 
Information in relation to other elements is included on page 57.

Between Pedro Ros stepping down from the Board on 13 February and 
Mark Milner’s appointment on 1 July, Martin Morgan assumed the interim 
position of Executive Chairman, he was paid an amount of £96,000 
for this role. In recognition of Richard Amos’ increased responsibilities 
during this period, the Committee paid him an additional amount 
of salary of £38,000.

The Remuneration Committee recognises the benefits of encouraging wider 
employee share ownership and of incentivising and rewarding employees 
in shares to provide alignment with shareholders and consequently an 
all employee SAYE share plan, which was approved by shareholders 
at the 2018 Annual General Meeting, was implemented in the year.

Nathalie Schwarz
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Remuneration Committee 
Chairman’s Annual Statement
Dear Shareholder
On behalf of the Committee I am pleased to present the Remuneration 
report for the period ended 30 June 2019. To reflect the requirements 
of the remuneration reporting regulations, this report is presented in 
two sections: the Annual Report on Remuneration and the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy.

The Annual Report on Remuneration provides details on the amounts 
earned in respect of the year ended 30 June 2019 and how the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy will be operated for the year commencing 1 July 2019. 
The Annual Report on Remuneration is subject to an advisory vote at 
the next Annual General Meeting due to be held on 5 November 2019. 

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy sets out the forward-looking 
remuneration policy. The Company’s most recent Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy was approved at the 2017 AGM, with over 99% of votes in favour 
of it, and took effect following the close of that meeting. No changes 
are proposed to the policy and, accordingly, shareholders will not be 
asked to vote on the policy at the 2019 Annual General Meeting. 

In accordance with the applicable legislation, the Company will seek 
shareholder approval for a new Directors’ Remuneration Policy at the 
2020 AGM.

50

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Our GovernanceOutlook for 2020
For the current financial year: 

• 

It is intended that Richard Amos’ salary will be increased by 2.0% 
for 2019/20. This increase is in line with base salary increases for 
the wider employee population. Mark Milner will not be eligible for 
a salary increase due to length of service. 

 The annual bonus potential for Executive Directors remains 
unchanged at up to a maximum of 100% of base salary dependent 
on key financial performance targets. There are clear financial 
targets based on the achievement of adjusted profit, return on 
equity (‘ROE’) and return on sales. The Committee is satisfied that 
these are challenging and, for the maximum bonus to be earned, 
will demonstrate significant improvement in the profit performance 
of the business. In addition to the normal discretion that the 
Remuneration Committee has to amend the bonus outcome if any 
formulaic output does not reflect its assessment of overall business 
performance, a specific profit underpin was also applied to the bonus 
for the first time in 2018/19 and this will continue to be applied in 
2019/20. Regardless of achievement of any other metric, no 
amount will be payable in respect of any element of the bonus 
unless the underpin is met.

• 

It is intended that the PSP awards for 2019/20 will be made on a 
similar basis to the 2018/19 awards with Mark Milner receiving the 
equivalent of 100% of his salary and Richard Amos receiving the 
equivalent of 75% of his salary. 

•  The Committee will continue to monitor the performance conditions 
for any future PSP awards to ensure that the conditions continue 
to be appropriate for the Company and the prevailing market and 
reflect the application of a ‘pay for performance’ philosophy in the 
best interests of the Company and shareholders. The performance 
conditions for the awards in respect of 2019/20 will be the same as 
those for the awards granted in respect of 2018/19.

The Financial Reporting Council’s 2018 UK Corporate Governance 
Code applies to Wilmington with effect from 1 July 2019. That Code 
introduces changes in relation to Directors’ Remuneration, a number 
of which we already incorporate in our Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
such as the application of malus and clawback to variable remuneration. 

As we will seek shareholder approval for a new Policy at the AGM in 2020, 
we will review the way in which we address the updated Code as part of 
that process. In particular, we will consider our approach to the application 
of a post-vesting holding period to PSP awards (we currently require 
all participants to hold no less than 50% of any vested shares (net of 
taxes) for a minimum of two years post vesting) and the development 
of a formal policy for post-employment shareholding requirements. 

The new Code also references alignment between Executive Director 
and wider workforce pension provision. Our current Executive Directors 
receive a pension contribution (or cash equivalent) of 10% of salary; while 
we do not propose that this be changed as part of the Policy renewal, 
we will consider our approach to pension provision for any newly 
appointed Executive Director. At the same time, we will implement the 
new disclosure requirements in relation to Directors’ Remuneration, 
which similarly apply to Wilmington with effect from 1 July 2019.

Approved on behalf of the Remuneration Committee by:

Nathalie Schwarz
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
18 September 2019

51

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Annual Report on Remuneration
Certain details set out on pages 52 to 63 of this report have been audited by Grant Thornton UK LLP.

Introduction (unaudited information)
The Committee has an established policy on the remuneration of Executive and Non-Executive Directors. The key principles for Executive 
Directors are as follows:

•  Remuneration is directly aligned with the performance of the Group and the interests of shareholders. It is designed to reward, motivate, 

incentivise and retain Directors of the highest calibre, without paying more than is necessary.

•  A significant proportion of Executive Directors’ potential remuneration is structured to link rewards to annual and long-term Group 

performance targets, which are reviewed annually. Targets are calibrated appropriately to ensure that they cannot encourage excessive risk. 

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration is set at a level which reflects market conditions and is sufficient to attract individuals with appropriate 
knowledge and experience. Fees are set with regard to the time commitment for the role.

Single total figure of remuneration for each Director (audited information)
The tables below report the total remuneration receivable in respect of qualifying services by each Director during the year.

2019

Executive Directors
Pedro Ros1
Richard Amos2
Martin Morgan3

Non-Executive Directors
Martin Morgan
Derek Carter
Nathalie Schwarz
Paul Dollman

2018

Executive Directors
Pedro Ros
Anthony Foye
Richard Amos

Non-Executive Directors
Mark Asplin
Derek Carter
Nathalie Schwarz
Paul Dollman
Martin Morgan

Total salary

and fees(a)
£’000

Taxable 
benefits(b)
£’000

Annual
bonus(c)
£’000

PSP(d)

£’000

233
292
96

125
48
48
48

17
32
—

—
—
—
—

58 
62 
—

—
—
—
—

61 
—
—

—
—
—
—

Total salary

and fees(a)
£’000

Taxable 
benefits(b)
£’000

Annual 
bonus(c)
£’000

PSP(d)

£’000

367
203
83

102
48
48
48
21

35
22
10

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

126
49
—

—
—
—
—
—

Pensions
related
benefits
£’000

23
25
—

—
—
—
—

Pensions
related
benefits
£’000

37
—
8

—
—
—
—
—

Total
£’000

392
411
96

125
48
48
48

Total
£’000

565
274
101

102
48
48
48
21

a)  Total salary and fees — the amount of salary/fees received in the year. 

b) 

c) 

d) 

1 

2  

 Taxable benefits — the taxable value of benefits received in the year (i.e. car allowance and private medical insurance) plus in relation to 
Richard Amos the value of the SAYE scheme entered into in the year.

 Annual bonus — the cash value of the bonus earned in respect of the year. A description of performance against the objectives which applied 
for the financial year is provided on page 53. 

 PSP – the value of performance related incentives vesting in respect of the financial year – further information as to the basis of the calculations 
is set out below. A description of performance against the targets which applied for the awards vesting in respect of performance in the financial 
year is provided on page 55. The PSP awards vesting in respect of the year ended 30 June 2019 will vest on the third anniversary of the date of 
grant, the estimated value of the vested shares shown above is based on the three month average share price to 30 June 2019 (£2.05). The PSP 
awards vesting in respect of the year ended 30 June 2018 vested on 16 September 2018 (the third anniversary of the date of grant). The value of 
the vested shares shown above is based on the share price on 16 September 2018 of £1.83; in the 2018 Directors’ Remuneration Report the 
value included was an estimated value based on the three month average share price to 30 June 2018 (£2.49). In each case, the value includes 
the value of dividends that would have accrued on vested shares during the performance period which are paid to the participants.

Pedro Ros stood down as a Director on 13 February 2019. Details of his pay for loss of office can be found on page 56.

 An amount of £38,000 is included in Richard Amos’ salary to reflect his increased responsibilities in the period between Pedro Ros stepping down as CEO and the new CEO being appointed 
on 1 July 2019.

3 

Following Pedro Ros stepping down as Chief Executive Officer, Martin Morgan acted as interim Executive Chairman from 13 February 2019 until 1 July 2019.

52

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Our Governance 
 
 
 
 
Total salary and fees
Total salary and fees are based on the need to retain the skills and knowledge that the Executive and Non-Executive Directors bring to the Company.

For the year ended 30 June 2019 (audited information)
Executive Directors’ salaries increased by 2.0% in 2018/19 compared to 2017/18. This increase was in line with the average base salary increases 
for the wider employee population.

For the year ended 30 June 2020 (unaudited information)
It is intended that Richard Amos’ salary will be increased by 2.0% for 2019/20. This increase is in line with base salary increases for the wider 
employee population. Mark Milner will not be eligible for a salary increase due to length of service.

Annual bonus 
For the year ended 30 June 2019 (audited information)
Bonuses were subject to the Company’s performance against targets based on linear ranges of adjusted profit (excluding share based payment 
expense), ROE (for Annual bonus) and ROS, set at the start of the year, as follows:

•  Up to 60% of salary for the adjusted profit measure;

•  Up to 20% of salary for the ROE (for Annual bonus) measure; 

•  Up to 20% of salary for the ROS measure;

•  Linear scales of bonus for each metric were set at the start of the financial year;

•  Adjusted profit is profit before tax adjusting items, impairment of goodwill, amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software, provision 
for the Executive Directors’ bonuses, share based payments and after deducting the interest of non-controlling shareholders in such profits;

•  The profit element of ROE (for Annual bonus) is based on Adjusted Profit before Tax after adjusting items as described above;

•  The profit element of ROS is based on Adjusted EBITA excluding share based payment expense; and

•  For the first time in 2018/19 an additional profit underpin also applied to the bonus, no amount in respect of any element of the bonus would be 
paid unless the underpin was achieved, regardless of the achievement of any other metric. The underpin is based on budgeted profit before 
tax, adjusting items, impairment of goodwill, amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software, provision for the Executive 
Directors’ bonuses, and any other adjustments as deemed appropriate by the Remuneration Committee.

The following provides the adjusted profit, ROE (for Annual Bonus) and ROS target reference points together with the out-turns for 2018/19:

Adjusted profit (for annual bonus)

ROE (for annual bonus)

ROS (for annual bonus)

Total

Minimum
target set

Maximum
target set

Performance
out-turn

£22,490,000

£25,900,000

£20,479,000

25.0%

17.5%

27.0%

19.5%

51.7%

18.0%

Bonus earned
as a % of
base salary

0.0%

20.0%

4.7%

24.7%

The profit underpin required that the underpin measure of profit was at least £19,818,000. Since this was achieved, bonuses of 24.7% of salary 
in line with the performance targets were earned.

Pedro Ros’ bonus was prorated to reflect his period of active service during the financial year.

For the year ended 30 June 2020 (unaudited information)
The Committee has agreed that the metrics used to determine the annual bonus for 2019/20 remain unchanged and the maximum bonus 
opportunity will remain at 100% of base salary. The bonus will be subject to stretching targets. In line with the prior year, a profit underpin will also 
apply to the bonus for 2019/20. No amount will be payable in respect of any element of the bonus unless the underpin is achieved, regardless 
of achievement of any other metric. The Committee believes that the targets for the financial measures for the forthcoming financial year are 
commercially sensitive and that to disclose them may damage the Company’s competitive position. Targets will be published retrospectively 
in next year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report or at such point that the Remuneration Committee considers that the performance targets are 
no longer commercially sensitive.

53

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Annual Report on Remuneration continued
PSP 
Awards vesting in respect of the year ended 30 June 2019 (audited information)
The PSP awards granted on 15 September 2016 that are due to vest on 16 September 2019 were subject to EPS growth, ROE (for PSP) and relative 
TSR performance against the FTSE SmallCap index over a three year period to 30 June 2019. The performance conditions for these awards were 
as shown in the table below:

One-third of award – average annual EPS growth in excess of RPI Percentage of award vesting
Less than 3% per annum

0.0%

3% per annum

25.0%

Between 3% per annum and 9% per annum

On a straight line basis between 25.0% and 100.0%

9% per annum or more

100.0%

One-third of award — ROE (for PSP)1
Less than 25.0%

25.0%

Between 25.0% and 29.0%

29.0% or above

One-third of award — TSR versus FTSE SmallCap
Below median

Median

Between median and upper quartile

Upper quartile or above

Percentage of award vesting
0.0%

25.0%

On a straight line basis between 25.0% and 100.0%

100.0%

Percentage of award vesting
0.0%

25.0%

On a straight line basis between 25.0% and 100.0%

100.0%

The table below details the Company’s performance against these objectives for the three year performance period:

Element

EPS growth

ROE (for PSP)

TSR

Total

Target range 

Performance
out-turn

3.0% – 9.0%

25.0% – 29.0%

Median or above

(5.6%)

44.0%
106 out of 1472

Shares
vested as
a % of
maximum

00.0%

33.3%

0.0%

33.3%

Pedro Ros will, therefore, be entitled to 33.33% of the shares over which his award was granted, as reduced to reflect his active time served during the 
performance period as set out on page 56. 

As disclosed in the Company’s Directors’ Remuneration report for the year ended 30 June 2018, Anthony Foye was entitled to retain his PSP 
awards granted on 15 September 2016 in respect of 25,514 shares. Anthony Foye will, therefore, be entitled to 33.3% of these shares. 

Each participant will be entitled to a payment in respect of dividends that would have accrued on vested shares during the performance period. As 
noted in the statement from the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, all participants will be required to retain at least 50% of the shares they 
acquire (after sales to cover any tax liabilities) until at least the second anniversary of the vesting date.

Awards granted during the year
In respect of the year ended 30 June 2019 the following PSP awards were granted on 28 September 2018:

Name

Pedro Ros

Richard Amos

Type of
award

PSP

PSP

Number of
shares

203,422

103,746

Face value at
grant 
£

369,516

188,455

% of award
 vesting at
minimum
threshold

25.0%

25.0%

The face value is based on a price of 181.65 pence being the average share price for the five business days immediately preceding the awards 
being granted on 28 September 2018. The performance conditions for these awards are the same as the performance conditions detailed in the 
table above. The number of shares awarded represented 100% of Pedro Ros’ salary and 75% of Richard Amos’ salary at the time of the grant. 
Pedro Ros’ award lapsed following his leaving the business, see page 55 for full details.

The Committee determined that, all participants (including Executives) will be required to hold no less than 50% of any vested shares (net of taxes) 
for a minimum of two years post vesting.

Three year adjusted EBITA less impairment and adjusting items included in operating expenses divided by the average Equity attributable to the owners of the parent.

The performance out-turn for the TSR is based on ‘all companies’ data.

1 

2 

54

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Our GovernanceThe following SAYE option was granted on 29 March 2019:

Name

Richard Amos

Number of shares 
under option

Per share 
exercise price

Vesting date

7,105

£1.52 29 March 2022

For the year ended 30 June 2020 (unaudited information)
The Committee will continue to monitor the performance conditions for any future PSP awards to ensure that the conditions continue to be 
appropriate for the Company and the prevailing market and reflect the application of a ‘pay for performance’ philosophy in the best interests of the 
Company and shareholders. The performance conditions for the awards in respect of 2019/20 will be the same as those for the awards granted in 
respect of 2018/19.

The quantum of PSP awards to be granted in respect of 2018/19 will be confirmed by the Remuneration Committee in advance of the grant date, 
it is intended to be 100% of salary as regards the Chief Executive Officer and 75% of salary as regards the Chief Financial Officer.

Shareholding guidelines and statement of Directors’ share awards (audited information)
Shareholding guidelines for Executives have been adopted, linked to the out-turn from the PSP. At the time Awards vest under the PSP (or any 
other Executive plan established in the future), Executive Directors are expected to retain no fewer than 50% of vested shares (net of taxes) 
until such time as a total personal shareholding equivalent to 100% of pre-tax base salary has been achieved. This requirement does not apply 
to participants in the scheme other than the Executive Directors.

As stated on page 51, in the formulation of a new Directors’ Remuneration Policy for approval at the 2020 AGM, we will consider our approach to 
the application of a post vesting holding period to PSP awards and the development of formal policy for post-employment shareholding requirements.

It should be noted that as at the date of signing this report Richard Amos held approximately 19.1% of his pre-tax base salary in shares, which have 
been acquired since his appointment. In addition to his own acquisition of shares, 50% of any vested PSP shares (net of tax) will be retained in line 
with the policy above.

The holdings of those persons who served as Directors during the year, and of their families, as at the earlier of the date of retirement from the 
Board and the signing of the accounts on 18 September 2019 are as follows:

Pedro Ros

Derek Carter

Paul Dollman

Richard Amos

Martin Morgan

Beneficial/
non-beneficial

Beneficial

Beneficial

Beneficial

Beneficial

Beneficial

At 
30 June 
2018 

135,000

25,000

25,000

—

—

At
18 September 
2019
(or, if earlier, date
of retirement
from Board)

At 
18 September 
2019
(or, if earlier, date
of retirement
from Board)
Percentage

175,000

25,000

40,000

24,250

50,000

0.20%

0.03%

0.05%

0.03%

0.06%

Movement
in year

40,000

—

15,000

24,250

50,000

As at 30 June 2019 the Company’s share price was 199.00p and its highest and lowest share prices during the year ended 30 June 2019 were 229.00p 
and 165.00p respectively. Interests are shown as a percentage of shares in issue at 30 June 2019 (or, if earlier, date of retirement from the Board).

Executive Directors interests under share schemes (audited information)
Awards held under the PSP and SAYE scheme by each person who served as a Director during the year ended 30 June 2019 are as follows: 

Pedro Ros (PSP)

Pedro Ros (PSP)

Pedro Ros (PSP)

Pedro Ros (PSP)

Richard Amos (PSP)

Award date

16 Sept 2015

15 Sept 2016

13 Sept 2017

28 Sept 2018

28 Sept 2018

Richard Amos (SAYE)

29 Mar 2019

Number of
shares at 
 1 July 2018

100,136

110,355

171,374

—

—

—

Granted
during the
year

—

—

—

203,422

103,746

7,105

Lapsed during
the year

Exercised during
the year

Number of
shares at 
30 June 2019
(or, if earlier, date
of retirement
from the Board)*

Date which
awards vest

(39,123)

(21,519)

(90,314)

(203,422)

—

—

(61,013)

— 16 Sept 2018

—

—

—

—

—

88,836 16 Sept 2019

81,060 13 Sept 2020

— 28 Sept 2021

103,746 28 Sept 2021

7,105

29 Mar 2022

* 

Unvested and, in the case of PSP Awards, subject to performance conditions.

55

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Annual Report on Remuneration continued
PSP continued
Dilution (unaudited information)
Awards under the Company’s discretionary schemes which may be satisfied by a new issue of shares must not exceed 5.0% of the Company’s 
issued share capital in any rolling ten year period and the total of all awards satisfied via new issue shares under all plans (both discretionary and 
all-employee) over a ten year period must not exceed 10.0% of the Company’s issued share capital in any rolling ten year period.

At 30 June 2019, the headroom under the Company’s 5.0% and 10.0% limits was 308,822 and 3,997,189 shares respectively, out of an issued 
share capital of 87,539,567 shares.

In recognition of the limited headroom for discretionary schemes it is intended that the awards to be granted under those schemes in respect 
of the financial year ending 30 June 2020 will be settled with shares bought in the market by the Company’s Employee Share Ownership Trust.

Pensions related benefits 
For the year ended 30 June 2019 (audited information)
The Company made pension contributions totalling £23,254 (2018: £36,725) on behalf of Pedro Ros, reflective of 10% of his annual salary for the 
period served. Richard Amos did not participate in a pension scheme but was paid an amount of £25,496 in the year in lieu of pension contributions, 
reflective of 10% of his annual salary.

For the year ending 30 June 2020 (unaudited)
It is expected that Richard Amos will continue to not participate in a pension scheme and an amount equal to 10% of his basic salary will be paid in 
lieu of pension contributions. An amount equal to 10% of Mark Milner’s basic salary will be paid to him in lieu of pension contributions.

Payments for loss of office (audited information)
Pedro Ros retired from the Board on 13 February 2019 and following a period of gardening leave left the business on 30 June 2019. Payments for 
loss of office made to Pedro Ros were determined in accordance with the shareholder approved Directors’ Remuneration Policy. His remuneration 
earned to 13 February 2019 is included in the single total figure of remuneration table on page 52. Pedro Ros received payments in lieu of the 
salary, contractual benefits and pension contribution that would have been paid for the balance of his notice period; this amounted to £412,172 
in total and was paid monthly through payroll until 30 June 2019 followed by a lump sum in July 2019.

Pedro Ros’ outstanding PSP awards were treated in line with the shareholder approved Directors’ Remuneration Policy and in recognition of his 
contribution to the Group. To reflect the limited time served during the performance period his 2018 awards lapsed in full. In line with the policy and 
best practice, Pedro Ros’ 2016 and 2017 outstanding awards will continue and vest subject to satisfaction of the applicable performance 
conditions and a reduction to reflect the proportion of the vesting period for which he was in active service, as follows:

Award

September 2016

September 2017

September 2018

Shares subject to award

Performance period

Vesting date

Shares subject
to award following
time-based
reduction

110,355 Three financial years ending 30 June 2019 16 September 2019

171,374 Three financial years ending 30 June 2020 13 September 2020

203,422 Three financial years ending 30 June 2021 28 September 2021

88,836*

81,060

—

* 

This award is estimated to vest at 33.33% as referred to on page 54. 

Performance graph and table (unaudited information)
The following graph shows, for the year ended 30 June 2019 and for each of the previous nine years, the total shareholder return (calculated 
in accordance with the Large and Medium-sized Company and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008, as amended) on a holding 
of the Company’s ordinary shares compared with a hypothetical holding of shares of the same kind and number as those by reference to which 
the FTSE All – Share Media Index and the FTSE Small Cap Index are calculated. These indices have been chosen as the appropriate comparators 
because the Committee believe they contain the most comparable companies against which to appraise the Company’s share performance.

)
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(

)
£
(
e
u

l

a
V

500

400

300

200

100

0

Wilmington Group

FTSE All Share Media

FTSE SmallCap

30 June 2009

30 June 2010

30 June 2011

30 June 2012

30 June 2013

30 June 2014

30 June 2015

30 June 2016

30 June 2017

30 June 2018

30 June 2019

56

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Our Governance 
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer single figure (unaudited information)

2018/19 Pedro Ros

2017/18 Pedro Ros

2016/17 Pedro Ros

2015/16 Pedro Ros

2014/15 Pedro Ros

2013/14 Charles J Brady

2012/13 Charles J Brady

2011/12 Charles J Brady

2010/11 Charles J Brady

2009/10 Charles J Brady

Total
remuneration
£’000

Annual bonus
 as a % of
maximum
opportunity
%

PSP as a % of
maximum
number of
shares
%

392

565*

814

677

671

943

935

580

535

393

21.8%

—

61.7%

73.1%

78.5%

88.6%

80.0%

55.2%

46.3%

2.8%

33.33%

60.93%

84.13%

—

—

91.84%

55.00%

—

—

—

* 

Restated to reflect the value of the relevant PSP award at the date of vesting as referred to on page 54.

Percentage change in remuneration of Chief Executive Officer and employees (unaudited information)
The percentage change in salary, taxable benefits and annual bonus between 2017/18 and 2018/19 for the Chief Executive Officer and for all 
employees in the Group was:

Chief Executive Officer

Employee population

* 

No Executive Director earned a bonus in respect of the financial year ended 30 June 2018.

Salary

Taxable benefits

Annual bonus

2.0%

2.0%

2.0%

—

N/A*

(31.0%)

Relative importance of spend on pay (unaudited information)
The difference in actual expenditure between 2017/18 and 2018/19 on remuneration for all employees in comparison to distributions to shareholders 
by way of dividend are set out in the table below:

Expenditure on remuneration for all employees

Distributions to shareholders by way of a dividend

2017/18
£’000

44,130

7,514

2018/19
£’000

45,647

7,787

Change
%

3.44%

3.63%

Details of the Remuneration Committee, advisors to the Committee and their fees 
(unaudited information)
Details of the Directors who were members of the Committee during the year are disclosed on pages 40 and 41. The Committee has also received 
assistance from the Chief Executive Officer and interim Executive Chairman with respect to the remuneration of the other Executive Director and 
on the Company’s remuneration policy more generally. Neither individual is in attendance when his own remuneration is discussed.

During the year, the Committee received independent advice from the following external consultants:

Committees advisors

Aon Hewitt Limited provided advice to the Committee on performance analysis.

Deloitte LLP provided advice to the Committee on executive remuneration, including annual bonus performance measures and 
the preparation of the Directors’ Remuneration Report. 

2018/19
£’000

8

13

Deloitte LLP was appointed by the Committee in 2013; the Group also engages Deloitte LLP to provide tax advisory services and advice in relation 
to the Company’s share plans. Deloitte is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and, as such, voluntarily operates under the Code 
of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK. Aon Hewitt Limited was appointed by the Committee in previous years. 
The Committee took into account the Remuneration Consultants Group’s Code of Conduct when reviewing the appointment of Aon Hewitt Limited 
and Deloitte LLP. 

The Committee is satisfied that all advice received was objective and independent.

57

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Annual Report on Remuneration continued
Details of the Remuneration Committee, advisors to the Committee and their fees 
(unaudited information) continued
Details of the attendance of the Committee are set out in the table below:

Committee member

Nathalie Schwarz (Chairman)
Derek Carter
Martin Morgan
Paul Dollman

Member since

December 2011
December 2011
May 2018
September 2015

Committee
meetings
attended

Committee
meetings
eligible to
attend

5
5
5
4

Statement of voting at general meeting (unaudited information)
At the AGM held on 1 November 2018 the Annual Report on Remuneration received the following votes from shareholders:

Annual Report on Remuneration

For
Against

Total votes cast (for and against)
Votes withheld

Total votes (including withheld votes)

At the AGM held on 1 November 2018 the Company’s SAYE Plan received the following votes from shareholders:

Annual Report on Remuneration

For
Against

Total votes cast (for and against)
Votes withheld

Total votes (including withheld votes)

Total number
of votes

74,072,625
18,398

74,091,023 
—

74,091,023

Total number 
of votes

74,074,498
—

74,074,498
16,525

74,091,023

At the AGM held on 2 November 2017 the Directors’ Remuneration Policy received the following votes from shareholders:

Directors’ Remuneration Policy

For
Against

Total votes cast (for and against)
Votes withheld

Total votes (including withheld votes)

Total number 
of votes

69,681,554
8,300

69,689,854
—

69,689,854

Directors’ service agreements and letters of appointment
The existing Executive Directors’ contracts are on a rolling basis and may be terminated on 12 months’ notice by the Company or the Executive. 
All Non-Executive Directors have initial fixed term agreements with the Company of no more than three years. 

Details of the Directors’ service contracts and notice periods are set out below:

Executive Directors

Mark Milner

Richard Amos

Non-Executive Directors

Martin Morgan

Derek Carter

Nathalie Schwarz

Paul Dollman

58

Contract 
commencement 
date

July 2019

March 2018

Date of initial
appointment

May 2018

Dec 2011

Dec 2011

Sept 2015

Notice period

12 months

12 months

Notice period

6 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

5
5
5
5

% of votes
cast

99.98%
0.02%

% of votes 
cast

100%
—

% of votes 
cast

99.99%
0.01%

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Our GovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration Policy
The table below sets out the Company’s Directors’ Remuneration Policy which was approved at the AGM on 2 November 2017, except that date 
specific references have been amended and the illustrations of the application of the remuneration policy in 2018/2019 have not been included. 
No changes have been made to the policy since it was approved. 

Base Salary

Purpose and link to strategy

Core element of fixed remuneration set at a market competitive level to reflect the individual’s role, 
experience and performance. 

Operation

The Committee ordinarily reviews base salaries annually taking into account:

•  Performance of the Group and pay conditions elsewhere in the workforce;

•  Performance of the individual;

•  Changes in position or responsibility; and

•  Market competitiveness.

The Committee periodically takes external advice to benchmark salaries by reference to Executives with 
similar positions in comparator organisations. In considering relevant benchmarking the Committee is also 
aware of the risk of an upward pay ratchet through placing undue emphasis on comparator pay surveys. 
Base salary is the only pensionable element of remuneration.

Opportunity

While there is no maximum salary, increases will normally be in line with the typical level of salary increase 
awarded (in percentage of salary terms) to other employees in the Group. 

Salary increases above this level may be awarded in certain circumstances, such as:

•  where an Executive Director has been promoted or has had a change in scope or responsibility;

•  a new Executive Director being moved to market positioning over time; 

•  where there has been a significant change in market practice;

•  where there has been a significant change in the size and/or complexity of the business.

Such increases may be implemented over such time period as the Committee deems appropriate.

Although base salary is not subject to any formal performance condition, the individual’s performance in role 
and overall Group performance is taken into account in determining any salary increase.

Performance metric

Pension

Purpose and link to strategy

Rewards sustained contribution and commitment to the Group.

Provides market competitive post-employment benefits.

Operation

Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the defined contribution pension scheme. 

The Committee has the discretion to pay cash supplements in lieu some or all pension contributions in 
appropriate circumstances.

Executive Directors are entitled to elect to sacrifice part of their salary and bonus into a personal pension scheme.

Opportunity

The Company contributes an amount equal to 10% of salary to a pension scheme on behalf of the Executive 
Directors, and/or as a salary supplement in lieu of pension contributions where appropriate. 

Performance metric

Not applicable.

Taxable benefits

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

Fixed element of remuneration set at a market competitive level with the aim to recruit, motivate and retain 
Directors of the calibre required.

Executive Directors receive benefits in line with market practice and principally include a fully expensed 
car or car allowance and private medical cover (for the Executive Directors and his or her family), and health 
assessment and permanent health insurance.

Other benefits may be provided based on individual circumstances and response to market pressures.

Whilst the Committee has not set an absolute maximum on the level of benefits Executive Directors may 
receive, the value of the benefit is set at a level which the Committee considers to be appropriately 
positioned taking into account relevant market levels based on the nature and location of the role and 
individual circumstances.

Performance metric

Not applicable.

59

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

Annual bonus

Purpose and link to strategy

Rewards the achievement of financial and strategic targets aligned with the Group strategy.

Operation

Targets are reviewed annually and any pay-out is determined by the Committee after the year end based 
on targets set for the financial period.

The Committee has discretion to amend the bonus out-turn if any formulaic output does not reflect its 
assessment of overall business performance. 

Any bonus opportunity may be reduced or cancelled before payment (i.e. a malus provision) in the event of a 
material misstatement of results, serious reputational damage to the Group or gross misconduct on the part 
of the Executive Director. 

The bonus plan rules contain provisions such that appropriate means of redress may be sought (i.e. claw 
back) if it transpires that a bonus was paid for performance in a year which later proves to have been 
materially misstated.

There is no scope to make discretionary bonus payments outside of the scope of the bonus plan.

Opportunity

The maximum bonus is 100% of base salary.

Performance metric

Stretching targets are set each year reflecting the business priorities which underpin Group strategy 
and align to key performance indicators.

The annual bonus is determined based on performance against a mix of targets. The majority will be determined 
by financial measures which may include one or more of adjusted profit, return on equity (‘ROE’) and Return 
on Sale (‘ROS’) targets.

Vesting of financial metrics will apply on a sliding scale up to 100% of maximum potential for this element 
of the bonus based on the satisfaction of performance conditions.

Vesting of non-financial or individual metrics (where applicable) will apply on a scale between 0% and 100% 
based on the Committee’s assessment of the extent to which non-financial or individual performance metrics 
has been met.

Performance share plan (‘PSP’)

Purpose and link to strategy

Incentivises Executive Directors to achieve returns for shareholders over a longer timeframe.

Operation

Executive Directors may receive awards in the form of conditional awards of shares, options to acquire 
shares for nil or nominal cost or as cash-settled equivalents. Share awards may be settled in cash at the 
election of the Committee.

Vesting is dependent on the achievement of performance conditions normally over a period of three 
financial years.

The Committee will determine performance conditions prior to each award, with no provision to re-test.

At any time prior to its vesting, an award may be reduced or cancelled in the event of a material misstatement 
of results, serious reputational damage to the Company or gross misconduct on the part of the Executive 
Director. The Committee may operate claw back if, at any time before the later of (i) the second anniversary 
of the vesting of an award and (ii) the publication of the Company’s second set of audited financial accounts 
following such vesting, there has been a material misstatement of the Company’s financial accounts, an 
error occurred when assessing the number of shares over which a PSP award vests, or the participant has 
been guilty of gross misconduct. In these circumstances, there may be a proportionate reduction of future 
bonuses and/or share awards made under the PSP to reflect the overpayment of shares, or the participant 
may be required to repay the overpaid amounts from personal funds.

An additional payment (in the form of cash or shares) may be made in respect of shares which vest under 
the PSP to reflect the value of dividends which would have been paid on those shares up to the date of 
vesting. The Committee shall determine the basis on which the value of such dividends shall be calculated, 
and may assume the reinvestment of dividends in the Company’s shares on a cumulative basis.

Opportunity

The maximum award limit under the PSP scheme will be 150% of base salary.

Performance metric

The awards under the PSP will be based on a mix of key longer-term metrics for the Group. These will be 
metrics which the Committee considers to be the most appropriate measures of longer-term performance 
and could include TSR, EPS and ROE.

The threshold pay-out level under the PSP is 25% of the maximum award.

There will usually be straight line vesting between threshold and maximum performance.

60

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Our GovernanceOperation of the PSP
The Committee may amend the terms of awards under the PSP in accordance with the PSP rules in the event of a variation of the Company’s 
share capital, demerger, special dividend or other relevant event. The Committee may operate the PSP (including that it may amend the rules 
of the PSP and awards granted under the PSP) in accordance with the PSP’s rules as approved by shareholders.

Explanation of performance metrics chosen
Performance measures for the annual bonus and PSP are reviewed annually to ensure they continue to reflect the business strategy and remain 
sufficiently stretching.

The Committee considers that adjusted profit, Return on Equity (‘ROE’) and Return on Sale (‘ROS’) targets are closely aligned to the Group’s key 
performance metrics and in application to the annual bonus alone provide a balanced measure of performance that encourages sustainable growth. 
The application of TSR, EPS and ROE targets to the PSP align management’s objectives with those of shareholders for the following reasons:

•  The EPS target will reward significant and sustained increase in earnings that would be expected to flow through into shareholder value. 

For the participants, this will also deliver a strong ‘line of sight’ as it will be straightforward to evaluate and communicate.

•  The ROE performance condition will reward Executives for delivery of returns to shareholders but adding a further discipline of ensuring the 

most efficient use of shareholders’ funds.

•  The TSR performance condition will provide a balance to the financial performance conditions by rewarding relative share price performance 
against the companies comprising the FTSE Small Cap Index and ensures that a share price-based discipline in the package (in the absence 
of options) is retained. This will ensure that management can be rewarded for delivering superior market returns.

The Committee considers that this blend of measures provides a link to the Company’s strategy, which is to create a sustained improvement in 
underlying performance and maximise returns to shareholders.

When setting the performance targets, the Committee will take into account a number of different reference points, which may include the Company’s 
business plans and strategy and market environment. Full vesting will only occur for what the Committee considers to be stretching performance.

The Committee may vary any performance measure if an event occurs which causes it to determine that it would be appropriate to vary the measure, 
provided that any such variation is fair and reasonable and (in the opinion of the Committee) the altered performance measure would be not materially 
less difficult to satisfy than the unaltered performance measure would have been but for the event in question. If the Committee were to make 
such a variation, a full explanation would be given in the next Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Shareholding guidelines
To further align the interests of Executive Directors with those of shareholders, we have adopted formal shareholding guidelines, in accordance 
with which Executive Directors must retain 50% of the after tax shares they acquire on the vesting of PSP awards until such time as a total 
personal shareholding equal to 100% of base salary has been achieved.

Non-Executive Directors

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Non-Executive  
Director fees

Sole element of  
Non-Executive Director 
remuneration set at a 
level that reflects market 
conditions and is sufficient 
to attract individuals with 
appropriate knowledge 
and experience.

Not applicable.

Fees are based on the 
time commitment and 
responsibilities of the role.

Fees are subject to an 
overall cap as set out in 
the Company’s Articles 
of Association.

Fees are reviewed 
periodically and amended 
to reflect any change in 
responsibilities and time 
commitments. Where 
appropriate external advice 
is taken on setting market 
competitive fees. 

The Non-Executive 
Directors do not participate 
in any of the Group’s share 
incentive plans nor do they 
receive any benefits or 
pension contributions. 

Non-Executive Directors 
may be eligible to receive 
benefits such as the use of 
secretarial support, travel 
costs or other benefits that 
may be appropriate.

61

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued
Differences in policy from the wider 
employee population
The Company values its wider workforce and aims to provide a 
remuneration package that is market competitive, complies with any 
statutory requirements and is applied fairly and equitably across the 
wider employee population. Where remuneration is not determined by 
statutory regulation, the Company operates the same core principles 
as it does for Executive Directors namely:

•  We remunerate people in a manner that allows for stability of the 

business and the opportunity for sustainable long-term growth; and

•  We seek to remunerate fairly and consistently for each role with due 
regard to the market place, internal consistency and the Company’s 
ability to pay.

Recruitment remuneration policy
The objective of this policy is to allow the Committee to offer 
remuneration packages which facilitate the recruitment of individuals 
of sufficient calibre to lead the business and effectively execute the 
strategy for shareholders. When appointing a new Executive Director, 
the Committee seeks to ensure that arrangements are in the best 
interests of the Company and not to pay more than is appropriate.

The Committee will take into consideration all relevant factors including 
the calibre of the individual, the candidate’s existing remuneration package, 
and the specific circumstances of the individual including the jurisdiction 
from which the candidate was recruited.

When hiring a new Executive Director, the Committee will typically 
align the remuneration package with the above Policy. The Committee 
may include other elements of pay which it considers are appropriate, 
however, this discretion is capped and is subject to the principles and 
the limits referred to below.

•  Base salary will be set at a level appropriate to the role and the 
experience of the Director being appointed. This may include 
agreement on future increases up to a market rate, in line with 
increased experience and/or responsibilities, subject to good 
performance, where it is considered appropriate.

•  Retirement benefits and other benefits will only be provided in line 

with the above Policy; and

•  The Committee will not offer non-performance related incentive 

payments (for example a ‘guaranteed sign-on bonus’).

•  Other elements may be included in the following circumstances:

•  an interim appointment being made to fill an Executive Director 

role on a short-term basis;

• 

if exceptional circumstances require that the Chairman or a 
Non-Executive Director takes on an executive function on a 
short-term basis;

• 

• 

if an Executive Director is recruited at a time in the year when 
it would be inappropriate to provide a bonus or long-term 
incentive award for that year as there would not be sufficient 
time to assess performance. Subject to the limit on variable 
remuneration set out below, the quantum in respect of the 
months employed during the year may be transferred to the 
subsequent year so that reward is provided on a fair and 
appropriate basis; and

if the Director will be required to relocate in order to take up the 
position, it is the Company’s policy to allow reasonable relocation, 
travel and subsistence payments. Any such payments will be at 
the discretion of the Committee.

•  The Committee may also alter the performance measures, 

performance period and vesting period of the annual bonus or PSP, 
subject to the rules of the PSP, if the Committee determines that the 
circumstances of the recruitment merit such alteration. The rationale 
will be clearly explained in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

•  The maximum level of variable remuneration which may be granted 
(excluding ‘buyout’ awards as referred to below) is 250% of salary.

The Committee may make payments or awards in respect of hiring an 
employee to ‘buy out’ remuneration arrangements forfeited on leaving 
a previous employer. In doing so the Committee will take account of 
relevant factors including any performance conditions attached to the 
forfeited arrangements and the time over which they would have vested. 
The Committee will generally seek to structure buy out awards or 
payments on a comparable basis to the remuneration arrangements 
forfeited. Any such payments or awards are excluded from the maximum 
level of variable remuneration referred to above. Where considered 
appropriate, such special recruitment awards will be liable to forfeiture 
or ‘claw back’ on early departure.

Any share awards referred to in this section will be granted as far as 
possible under the Company’s existing share plans. If necessary and 
subject to the limits referred to above, recruitment awards may be 
granted outside of these plans as permitted under the Listing Rules 
which allow for the grant of awards to facilitate, in unusual circumstances, 
the recruitment of an Executive Director. Where a position is filled 
internally, any ongoing remuneration obligations or outstanding 
variable pay elements shall be allowed to continue in accordance 
with their terms.

Fees payable to a newly appointed Chairman or Non-Executive 
Director will be in line with the policy in place at the time of appointment.

62

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Our GovernancePayments for loss of office
The Company has adopted the following policy on Executives’ service contracts:

Notice period

12 months’ notice period or less shall apply.

Termination payments 
and mitigation

Termination payments are limited to payment of 12 months’ salary, contractual pension amounts 
and benefits.

Annual bonus

PSP

Change of control

Other payments

The policy is that, as is considered appropriate at the time, the departing Director may work, or be placed on 
garden leave, for all or part of his notice period, or receive a payment in lieu of notice in accordance with the 
service agreement. 

The Committee will consider mitigation to reduce the termination payment to a leaving Director when appropriate 
to do so, having regard to the circumstances.

The decision whether or not to award a bonus in full or in part will be dependent upon a number of factors 
including the circumstances of their departure and their contribution to the business during the bonus period 
in question. Any bonus payment would typically be pro-rated for time in service to termination and paid at the 
usual time (although the Committee retains discretion to pay the bonus earlier in appropriate circumstances). 

Unvested awards held by the Director under the Company’s PSP will lapse or vest in accordance with the 
rules of the plan, which have been approved by shareholders. In summary, the plan rules provide that awards 
can vest if employment ends by reason of redundancy, retirement, ill health or disability, death, sale of the 
Director’s employer out of the Group or any other reason determined by the Committee. The Committee 
shall determine whether the award will vest at cessation or the normal vesting date. In either case, the extent 
of vesting will be determined by the Committee taking into account the satisfaction of the relevant performance 
conditions and, unless the Committee determines otherwise, applying a pro-rata reduction based on the 
period from the date of grant to the date of cessation relative to a three year period. 

Awards under the PSP will generally vest early on a takeover or other relevant corporate event. The Committee 
will determine the level of vesting taking into account the satisfaction of the relevant performance conditions 
and, unless the Committee determines otherwise, a pro-rate reduction based on the period from the date 
of grant to the date of the relevant event relative to a three year period. 

In appropriate circumstances, payments may also be made in respect of accrued holiday, outplacement 
and legal fees. Where a ‘buyout’ or other award is made outside the Company’s PSP in connection with the 
recruitment of an Executive Director, as permitted under the Listing Rules, the leaver provisions would be 
determined at the time of the award.

Statement of consideration of employment 
conditions elsewhere in the Company
The Committee generally considers pay and employment conditions 
elsewhere in the Company when considering the Executive Directors’ 
remuneration. When considering base salary increases, the Committee 
reviews overall levels of base pay increases offered to other employees. 
Employees are not actively consulted on Directors’ remuneration.

Non-Executive appointments at other companies
The Committee’s policy is that Executive Directors may, by agreement 
with the Board, serve as Non-Executives of other companies and retain 
any fees payable for their services.

Statement of consideration of shareholder views
The Company is committed to open and transparent dialogue with 
shareholders and welcomes feedback on Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors’ remuneration.

The Committee reserves the right to make additional exit payments 
where such payments are made in good faith in discharge of an existing 
legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation) 
or by way of settlement or compromise of any claim arising in connection 
with the termination of a Director’s office or employment.

Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment with the notice 
periods referred to below, with compensation limited to fees for the 
duration of the notice period.

Legacy matters
The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payment 
or payment for loss of office (including exercising discretions in respect 
of any such payment) notwithstanding that it is not in line with the Policy 
set out above where the terms of the payment were agreed:

•  before the Policy came into effect (provided that in the case of any 
payments agreed on or after 6 November 2014 they are in line with 
the Policy approved at the Company’s 2014 AGM); or

•  at a time when the relevant individual was not a director of the 

Company and, in the opinion of the Committee the payment was not 
in consideration of the individual becoming a director of the Company. 

For these purposes, ‘payment’ includes the satisfaction of any award of 
variable remuneration and in relation to an award over shares the terms 
of the payment are ‘agreed’ when the award is granted.

63

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsDirectors’ report and other statutory information 

The Directors present their report together with the audited 
consolidated financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2019. 
The Directors’ report comprises pages 64 and 65 and the sections 
of the annual report incorporated by reference are set out below which, 
taken together, contain the information to be included in the annual 
report, where applicable, under Listing Rule 9.8.4.

Board membership 

Dividends 

Directors’ long term incentives 

Corporate Governance Report 

Future developments of the business of the Group 

Employee equality, diversity and involvement 

Events after the reporting period 

Subsidiaries of the Group 

Financial risk management 

pg 40 

pg 30 

pg 51

pg 42

pg 7

pg 42 

pg 116

pg 96 

pg 99

Notice concerning forward-looking statements
This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements. Although the 
Group believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking 
statements are reasonable, these statements are not guarantees of 
future performance and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties 
and actual results and events could differ materially from those currently 
being anticipated as reflected in such forward-looking statements. 

The terms ‘expect’, ‘estimate’, ‘forecast’, ‘target’, ‘believe’, ‘should be’, 
‘will be’ and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking 
statements. Factors which may cause future outcomes to differ from 
those foreseen in forward-looking statements include, but are not 
limited to, those identified under ‘Principal Risks and Uncertainties’ 
on pages 32 to 38 of this Annual Report. 

The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report 
speak only as of the date of publication of this Annual Report and the 
Group therefore cautions readers not to place undue reliance on any 
forward-looking statements. Except as required by any applicable 
law or regulation, the Group expressly disclaims any obligation or 
undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any 
forward-looking statements contained in this document to reflect 
any change in the Group’s expectations or any change in events, 
conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.

General information
The Company is public limited and is incorporated and domiciled in the 
UK. The Company is premium listed on the London Stock Exchange. 
The Company’s registered address is 10 Whitechapel High Street, 
London E1 8QS.

Branches outside the UK
The Group operates one branch outside the UK in Singapore. 

Research and development activities
The Group invests in research and development to support the 
development of its businesses which can rely on technology to deliver 
their information, education and networking services. Examples of 
investments undertaken in the year are included in the Financial 
Review on pages 28 to 30.

Political donations
No political donations were made during the year (2018: nil).

Directors and Directors’ interests
Details of the remuneration, service contracts, letters of appointment 
and interests in the share capital of the Company of the Directors who 
have served during the year are set out in the Report on Directors’ 
Remuneration on pages 50 to 63.

All Directors are equally accountable for the proper stewardship 
of the Company’s affairs. Executive and Non-Executive Directors offer 
themselves for election or re-election at each Annual General Meeting 
as a result of the Company deciding to adopt best practice guidelines 
and the 2016 UK Corporate Governance Code.

Except as disclosed in note 26 none of the Directors had any material 
interest in any contract, other than an employment contract, that was 
significant in relation to the Group’s business at any time during the year.

Directors’ third-party indemnity provisions
To preclude the possibility of the Company incurring expenses which 
might arise from the need to indemnify a Director or Officer from claims 
made against them or the cost associated with their defence, the Group 
has in place Directors’ and Officers’ qualifying third-party liability insurance 
as permitted by the Companies Act 2006, which has been in force 
throughout the financial year and up to the date of approval of these 
financial statements.

Wilmington’s people
The Group’s policy is to consider all job applications on a fair 
basis free from discrimination in relation to age, sex, race, ethnicity, 
religion, sexual orientation or disability not related to job performance. 
Every consideration is given to applications for employment from 
disabled persons, where the requirements of the job may be adequately 
covered by a disabled person. Where existing employees become 
disabled, it is the Group’s policy wherever practicable to provide 
continuing employment under normal terms and conditions and to 
provide training and career development wherever appropriate.

The Group places a great deal of importance on communicating 
its plans and objectives to its employees and, where appropriate, 
consulting with them. 

Financial instruments
An explanation of the Group’s treasury policies and existing financial 
instruments are set out in note 20 of the financial statements. 

Purchase of own shares and sale of treasury shares
The Group has, in previous years, purchased its own shares and holds 
such shares in treasury. At 30 June 2019, 46,584 shares were held in 
Treasury (2018: 46,584), which represents 0.1% (2018: 0.1%) of the 
share capital of the Company.

No shares have been purchased during the year to 30 June 2019. 
The Company seeks authority from its shareholders at each Annual 
General Meeting to purchase its own shares.

On 19 September 2018, 125,494 ordinary shares were issued in respect 
of the vesting of the 2015 PSP Share Awards to employees (including 
Executive Directors).

Contracts of significance with shareholders
The Company and its subsidiary undertakings do not have any 
contractual or other arrangements with any continuing shareholders 
which are essential to the business of the Company.

64

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Our GovernanceTakeover directive disclosures
As at 30 June 2019, the Company had only one authorised class 
of share, namely ordinary shares of 5p each, of which there were in 
issue 87,539,567 (2018: 87,414,073). There are no special arrangements 
or restrictions relating to any of these shares, whether in terms of transfers, 
voting rights, or relating to changes in control of the Company. The Company 
does not have any special rules in place regarding the appointment 
and replacement of Directors, or regarding amendments to the 
Company’s articles of association.

Under the terms of the Company’s banking arrangements, in the event 
that a person or group of persons acting in concert gains control of 
the Company, the lending banks may require, by giving not less than 
30 days’ notice, the repayment and cancellation of the facilities. 

Subject to various conditions, if the Company is taken over, all share 
awards and options will vest and may be exercised. 

Except for share awards and options, and the banking arrangements 
described above there are no special conditions or agreements in place 
which would take effect, alter or terminate in the event of a takeover. 

Apart from the interests of the Directors disclosed in the Report on 
Directors’ Remuneration and the substantial interests listed on page 46 
there are no individuals or entities with significant holdings, either direct 
or indirect, in the Company.

Corporate governance
The Company’s statement on corporate governance can be found in 
the Corporate Governance Report on pages 42 to 46 of these financial 
statements. The Corporate Governance Report forms part of this 
Directors’ Report and is incorporated into it by cross-reference.

Going concern
As highlighted in note 20 to the financial statements, the Group meets 
its day-to-day working capital requirements through an overdraft facility 
and a revolving credit facility which expires on 3 July 2023 with an option 
to extend it to 3 October 2024.

The current economic conditions create uncertainty, in particular, over:

• 

• 

• 

the level of demand for the Group’s products;

the outcome of Brexit as highlighted on page 39; and

the exchange rate between Sterling and the US Dollar and the Euro.

The Group’s budgets and forecasts, taking account of reasonably 
possible changes in trading performance, show that the Group will 
be able to operate within the level of its current facility and covenants. 
Further details of the banking covenants can be found on page 103.

After reviewing the Group’s budget, forecasts and plans for the next 
three years, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group 
has adequate resources to continue in operation for the foreseeable 
future. Therefore, they have adopted the going concern basis in 
preparing these financial statements.

Annual General Meeting
A separate notice convening the Annual General Meeting of the 
Company to be held at the head office, 10 Whitechapel High Street, 
London E1 8QS on 5 November 2019 will be sent out with this Annual 
Report and financial statements.

By order of the Board and signed by 

Richard Amos
Company Secretary
18 September 2019

65

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plcStrategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsStatement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect 
of the financial statements

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in 
other jurisdictions. 

To the best of our knowledge:

• 

• 

the Group financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRSs 
as adopted by the European Union, give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company 
and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a 
whole; and 

the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report include a fair review of 
the development and performance of the business and the position 
of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks 
and uncertainties that they face.

Approved on behalf of the Board by:

Richard Amos
Chief Financial Officer 
18 September 2019

The directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic Report and 
Annual Report, the Directors’ Remuneration Report and the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that law the directors have prepared 
the financial statements in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as adopted by the European Union. 
Under company law the directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs and profit or loss of the Company and group for 
that period. In preparing these financial statements, the directors are 
required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

•  make judgments and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

and prudent;

•  state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the European Union 
have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed 
and explained in the financial statements;

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration report comply 
with the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 
They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection 
of fraud and other irregularities.

The directors confirm that: 

•  so far as each director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

• 

the directors have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken 
as directors in order to make themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is 
aware of that information.

The directors are responsible for preparing the annual report in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations. Having taken advice 
from the Audit Committee, the directors consider the annual report 
and the financial statements, taken as a whole, provides the information 
necessary to assess the Company’s performance, business model 
and strategy and is fair, balanced and understandable.

66

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019Our GovernanceIndependent auditors’ report 

to the members of Wilmington plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion 
Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of Wilmington plc (the 
‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 
30 June 2019 which comprise the Consolidated Income Statement, 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, Group and 
Company Balance Sheets, Group and Company Statements of 
Changes in Equity, Group and Company Cashflow Statements and 
notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant 
accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that has been 
applied in their preparation is applicable law and International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and, 
as regards the parent company financial statements, as applied in 
accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion:

• 

• 

• 

• 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the 
Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 30 June 2019 
and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union;

the parent company financial statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European 
Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006; and 

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 
Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on 
Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the ‘Auditor’s responsibilities 
for the audit of the financial statements’ section of our report. We are 
independent of the Group and the parent company in accordance with 
the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied 
to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that 
the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to principal risks, going concern 
and viability statement
We have nothing to report in respect of the following information in the 
Annual Report, in relation to which the ISAs (UK) require us to report 
to you whether we have anything material to add or draw attention to:

• 

• 

• 

the disclosures in the Annual Report set out on pages 34 to 38 
that describe the principal risks and explain how they are being 
managed or mitigated;

the Directors’ confirmation, set out on pages 39 of the Annual Report 
that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks 
facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business 
model, future performance, solvency or liquidity;

the Directors’ statement, set out on page 39 of the financial 
statements about whether the Directors considered it appropriate 
to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the 
financial statements and the Directors’ identification of any material 
uncertainties to the Group and the parent company’s ability to 
continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from 
the date of approval of the financial statements;

•  whether the Directors’ statement relating to going concern required 
under the Listing Rules in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is 
materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit; or

• 

the Directors’ explanation, set out on page 39 of the Annual Report 
as to how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over 
what period they have done so and why they consider that period 
to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period 
of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing 
attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

Overview of our audit approach
•  Overall materiality: £972,000, which represents 5% of the 

Company’s adjusted profit before taxation;

•  Key audit matters for the Group were identified as assessment 

of the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets and recognition 
of revenue; and 

•  The audit of all subsidiaries was performed by the Group audit 

team in the Wilmington offices in the UK, with the exception of the 
French subsidiaries which are audited by a component auditor. 
Audit procedures were performed on sufficient entities to cover 
85% of Group revenues and 88% of Group earnings before tax.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, 
were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the 
current period and include the most significant assessed risks of 
material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. 
These matters included those that had the greatest effect on: the overall 
audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the 
efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in 
the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in 
forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion 
on these matters.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

67

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements 
Independent auditors’ report continued 

to the members of Wilmington plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Key audit matters continued

Key audit matter – Group

How the matter was addressed in the audit – Group

Assessment of the carrying value of goodwill 
and intangible assets
The Group holds £77.5 million of goodwill on its balance sheet. 
In accordance with International Accounting Standard 36: Impairment 
of Assets (‘IAS 36’) goodwill is subject to an annual impairment test.

The Group also have intangible assets of £23.2 million which have been 
allocated to cash generating units during the performance of the goodwill 
impairment test.

We consider that the carrying value of the goodwill and intangible assets 
is a significant risk due to the level of management judgment included 
in the inputs into the impairment calculation, such as the rate used to 
discount future cash flows, cash flow forecasts and growth rates.

We therefore identified the assessment of the carrying value of goodwill 
and intangible assets as a significant risk, which was one of the most 
significant assessed risks of material misstatement. 

Recognition of revenue
The Group enters into a high volume of revenue transactions and different 
timing of recognising revenue, there are therefore inherent complexities in 
relation to the occurrence of revenue recognition.

In addition, the year ended 30 June 2019 is the first in which the Group 
has adopted IFRS 15 (Revenue from Contracts with Customers) this has 
resulted in changes to revenue recognition.

We therefore identified the occurrence recognition of revenue recognition 
as a significant risk, which was one of the most significant assessed risks 
of material misstatement.

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to: 

•  Obtaining management’s impairment review model and testing 

the mathematical accuracy;

•  Assessing the appropriateness of the asset amounts included in 

the carrying value of each of the cash generating units by agreeing 
to underlying accounting records;

•  Assessing the discount rate applied, including an assessment by 
our valuation specialists and benchmarking the rate against that 
used by competitors;

•  Performing sensitivity analysis around the value in use calculation 

performed by management;

•  Considering the assumptions applied by management when 

forecasting future performance and comparing historical budgets 
to actual performance in order to assess the accuracy of budgets 
prepared by management.

The Group’s accounting policies on goodwill and intangible assets 
are shown in note 1(f) and (n) to the financial statements and related 
disclosures are included in notes 12 and 13. The Audit Committee 
identified goodwill and intangible asset impairment as a significant 
issue in its report on pages 47 and 48, where the Audit Committee 
also described the action that it has taken to address this issue. 

Key observations
Based on our audit work we found the judgments made by 
management in assessing the carrying value of goodwill 
and intangible assets to be balanced and reasonable. 

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to: 

•  Assessing the design effectiveness of relevant controls, and for 
two entities within the Group testing the operating effectiveness 
of these relevant controls through inquiry, observation and inspection; 

•  Evaluating management’s assessment of the impact of IFRS 15 
against the requirements of the standard and testing a sample 
of revenue items affected by the implementation of IFRS 15 to 
underlying contracts and agreements; 

•  Performing substantive testing on a sample of revenue 

transactions throughout the year across each of the significant 
revenue streams to assess whether revenue is recognised in 
accordance with the contract terms and to confirm occurrence.

The Group’s accounting policy on revenue recognition is shown 
in note 1(h) to the financial statements and related disclosures 
are included in note 3. The Audit Committee identified revenue 
recognition and the implementation of IFRS 15 as significant issues 
in its report on page 48, where the Audit Committee also described 
the action that it has taken to address this issue. 

Key observations
Our testing did not identify any significant deficiencies in the 
operation of controls over revenue and we found that IFRS 15 
has been implemented in an appropriate and consistent manner. 
Overall, our assessment is that judgments made by management 
in respect of revenue recognition are reasonable. 

Key audit matter – Parent 

How the matter was addressed in the audit – Parent 

There are no key audit matters in relation to the parent company.

68

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Financial StatementsReport on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our application of materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of a 
reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality in determining the nature, timing and extent of our audit 
work and in evaluating the results of that work.

Materiality was determined as follows:

Materiality measure

Group

Parent company

Financial statements as a whole

Performance materiality used to drive  
the extent of our testing

Specific materiality

Communication of misstatements  
to the Audit Committee

£972,000 which is 5% of adjusted 
profit before tax, as per note 2. 
This benchmark is considered the 
most appropriate because this is a key 
performance indicator for the Group. 

£583,000 which is 0.44% of total assets. 
This benchmark is considered the most 
appropriate because the Company does 
not trade and holds material investments 
in subsidiary companies and receivable 
amounts from subsidiary companies

60% of financial statement materiality.

60% of financial statement materiality.

We determined a lower level of specific 
materiality for related party transactions 
of £10,000.

We determined a lower level of specific 
materiality for related party transactions 
of £10,000. 

£48,600 and misstatements below 
that threshold that, in our view, warrant 
reporting on qualitative grounds.

£29,150 and misstatements below 
that threshold that, in our view, warrant 
reporting on qualitative grounds.

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our audit approach was based on a thorough understanding of the 
Group’s business and is risk based, and in particular included:

•  evaluation by the Group audit team of identified components 

to assess the significance of that component and to determine 
the planned audit response based on a measure of materiality; 

•  a full statutory audit of the parent company;

• 

for those components that were evaluated as significant, either a 
full-scope or targeted audit approach was taken based on their 
relative materiality to the Group and our assessment of the audit 
risk. For significant components requiring a full-scope approach, 
we evaluated controls over the financial reporting systems 
identified as part of our risk assessment and addressed critical 
accounting matters. We then undertook substantive testing 
on significant transactions and material account balances;

•  significant components were identified as Wilmington plc, 

Wilmington Holdings No.1 Limited, Wilmington Shared Services 
Limited, Wilmington Publishing & Information Limited, Axco 
Information Services Limited, Wilmington Healthcare Limited 
and ICA Commercial Services Limited. These entities were 
subject to full scope audit procedures and represent 39% of Group 
revenues and 36% of Group profit before tax. All work in relation 
to these components was performed by the Group audit team;

•  a number of further components were identified for targeted testing 
on specific balances. These work on these entities was targeted 
according to the nature of the balances within these entities. All work 
in relation to these components was performed by the Group audit 
team, with the exception of APM International SAS, where the work 
was performed by a component auditor under the direction of the 
Group audit team.

•  work performed over full scope entities and targeted procedures 

entities covered 85% of total revenues, 96% of total assets and 88% 
of total earnings before tax.

Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered 
capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
The objectives of our audit are to identify and assess the risks 
of material misstatement of the financial statements due to fraud 
or error; to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the 
assessed risks of material misstatement due to fraud or error; and to 
respond appropriately to those risks. Owing to the inherent limitations 
of an audit, there is an unavoidable risk that material misstatements in 
the financial statements may not be detected, even though the audit is 
properly planned and performed in accordance with the ISAs (UK). 

In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect 
of irregularities, including fraud and non-compliance with laws and 
regulations, our procedures included the following: 

•  We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks 
applicable to the Company and the Group and the sector in which 
they operate. We determined that the following laws and regulations 
were most significant: the Companies Act 2006, the UK Corporate 
Governance Code and taxation laws.

•  We understood how the Company and the Group is complying with 
those legal and regulatory frameworks by making inquiries to the 
management and the Group’s head of legal. We corroborated our 
inquiries through our review of Board minutes and papers provided 
to the Audit Committee.

•  We assessed the susceptibility of the Company’s and the Group’s 
financial statements to material misstatement, including how fraud 
might occur. Audit procedures performed by the Group engagement 
team included:

• 

identifying and assessing the design effectiveness of controls 
management has in place to prevent and detect fraud;

•  understanding how those charged with governance considered 
and addressed the potential for override of controls or other 
inappropriate influence over the financial reporting process;

•  challenging assumptions and judgments made by management 

•  our audit covered all of the goodwill of the Group.

in its significant accounting estimates;

• 

the remaining operations of the Group were subject to analytical 
procedures in line with their significance to the Group’s results 
and financial position.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

69

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsIndependent auditors’ report continued 

to the members of Wilmington plc

Report on the audit of the 
financial statements continued
Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered 
capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud continued
identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal 
entries posted with unusual account combinations; and 

• 

•  assessing the extent of compliance with the relevant laws 

and regulations.

•  We communicated relevant laws and regulations identified at Group 
level to the component auditors and both the Group engagement team 
and component auditors performed the audit procedures as above.

Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other 
information comprises the information included in the Annual Report 
and financial statements set out on pages 1 to 66, other than the 
financial statements and our Auditor’s Report thereon. Our opinion 
on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do 
not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility 
is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the 
other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements 
or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or 
apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether 
there is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a material 
misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have 
performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of the 
other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

In this context, we also have nothing to report in regard to our 
responsibility to specifically address the following items in the other 
information and to report as uncorrected material misstatements 
of the other information where we conclude that those items meet 
the following conditions:

•  Fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 39 by the 
Directors that they consider the Annual Report and financial 
statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the Group’s performance, business model and strategy, is materially 
inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit; or

•  Audit Committee reporting set out on pages 47 and 48; or

•  Directors’ statement of compliance with the UK Corporate 

Governance Code set out on page 42 – the parts of the Directors’ 
statement required under the Listing Rules relating to the Company’s 
compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code containing 
provisions specified for review by the auditor in accordance with 
Listing Rule 9.8.10R(2) do not properly disclose a departure from 
a relevant provision of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

Our opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies 
Act 2006 are unmodified
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to 
be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

70

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

• 

• 

the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ 
Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 
prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared 
in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report under the 
Companies Act 2006
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the 
parent company and its environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the Strategic 
Report or the Directors’ Report. 

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in 
relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report 
to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or

• 

the parent company financial statements and the part of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement 
with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are 

not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we 

require for our audit.

Responsibilities of Directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the statement of Directors’ responsibilities 
set out on page 66, the Directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for 
assessing the Group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company 
or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that 
includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee 
that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect 
a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from 
fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part 
of our Auditor’s Report.

Financial StatementsReport on the audit of the financial statements continued
Other matters which we are required to address
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were 
appointed by the Board on 13 December 2018 to audit the financial 
statements for the year ended 30 June 2019 and subsequent 
financial periods.

The period of total uninterrupted engagement is one year, covering 
the year ended 30 June 2019.

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard 
were not provided to the Group or the parent company and we remain 
independent of the Group and the parent company in conducting 
our audit.

Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the 
Audit Committee.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, 
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them 
in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for 
our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Mark Henshaw (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of Grant Thornton UK LLP
Statutory Auditor, Chartered Accountants
London
18 September 2019

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

71

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsConsolidated income statement

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Continuing operations

Revenue

Operating expenses before amortisation of intangibles excluding computer software, 
impairment of goodwill and intangible assets and adjusting items

Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

Adjusting items

Operating expenses
Other income – gain on sale of subsidiary

Operating profit 

Net finance costs

Share of net loss of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method

Profit before tax 
Taxation 

Profit/(loss) for the year 

Attributable to:

Owners of the parent 

Non-controlling interests 

Earnings per share attributable to the owners of the parent:
Basic (p) 

Diluted (p) 

Adjusted earnings per share attributable to the owners of the parent:
Basic (p) 

Diluted (p) 

The notes on pages 78 to 116 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Year ended 
30 June 2019
£’000

Notes

Year ended 
30 June 2018
Restated
£’000

3 

122,525

121,342

(101,074)

(5,049)

—

(1,443)

(97,532)

(6,432)

(8,561)

(4,573)

(107,566)

(117,098)

1,906

16,865

(2,103)

(50)

14,712

(3,519)

11,193

11,149

44

11,193

12.74

12.64

17.44

17.30

—

4,244

(1,969)

—

2,275

(2,620)

(345)

(392)

47

(345)

(0.45)

(0.45)

19.80

19.65

4b 

4b

4b

5

4a

6

7 

24

9

9 

9 

9 

72

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Financial Statements 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Profit/(loss) for the year 
Other comprehensive income/(expense):

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement

Fair value movements on interest rate swaps, net of tax

Currency translation differences

Net investment hedges, net of tax

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year 

Attributable to:

Owners of the parent 

Non-controlling interests 

Year ended
30 June 
2019
£’000

Year ended
30 June 2018
Restated
£’000

11,193

(345)

32

643

(424)

251

11,444

11,400

44

11,444

339

(896)

177

(380)

(725)

(772)

47

(725)

Items in the statement above are disclosed net of tax. The income tax relating to each component of other comprehensive income is disclosed 
in note 7. The notes on pages 78 to 116 are an integral part of these financial statements.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

73

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsBalance sheet

as at 30 June 2019

Non-current assets
Goodwill 

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment 

Deferred consideration receivable

Deferred tax assets 

Derivative financial instruments

Current assets
Trade and other receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents

Assets held for sale

Total assets 

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables 

Current tax liabilities

Deferred consideration – cash settled

Borrowings 

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings

Deferred consideration – cash settled

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions for future purchase of non-controlling interests 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity
Share capital 

Share premium 

Treasury shares 

Share based payments reserve 

Translation reserve 

Accumulated losses 

Equity attributable to owners of the parent 
Non-controlling interests 

Total equity 

Group

2018
Restated
£’000

77,103

27,305

6,463

—

976

113

2019
£’000

77,535

23,213

5,967

2,221

555

23

2017
Restated
£’000

86,028

31,911

4,444

—

1,195

—

109,514

111,960

123,578

29,112

7,921

37,033

—

37,033

146,547

(57,168)

(312)

(1,550)

—

28,233

10,789

39,022

317

39,339

151,299

(54,752)

(722)

(1,320)

—

28,444

10,687

39,131

—

39,131

162,709

(55,218)

(1,932)

(177)

(925)

(59,030)

(56,794)

(58,252)

(41,790)

—

(226)

(2,633)

— 

(44,649)

(103,679)

42,868

4,377

45,225

(96)

839

3,288

(10,765)

42,868

—

42,868

(50,380)

(49,353)

(1,286)

(356)

(3,087)

— 

(55,109)

(111,903)

39,396

4,371

45,225

(96)

1,108

2,645

(13,939)

39,314

82

39,396

(2,305)

(662)

(4,585)

(100)

(57,005)

(115,257)

47,452

4,362

45,225

(96)

898

3,541

(6,564)

47,366

86

47,452

Notes

12

13

14

11b

21

17

16

18

19

19

17

21

22

22

22

24

The notes on pages 78 to 116 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. The financial statements on pages 72 to 116 were 
approved and authorised for issue by the Board and signed on their behalf on 18 September 2019.

Richard Amos 
Chief Financial Officer 

Mark Milner
Chief Executive Officer 

Registered number: 03015847

74

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Financial StatementsNon-current assets
Investments in subsidiaries 

Deferred tax assets 

Derivative financial instruments

Current assets
Trade and other receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets 

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables 

Current tax liabilities

Borrowings 

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings

Derivative financial instruments

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity
Share capital 

Share premium 

Treasury shares 

Share based payments reserve 

Retained earnings

Total equity 

Company

Notes

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

2017
 £’000

15

21

17

16

18

19

19

17

22

22

22

49,420

49,420

49,420

164

23

224

113

285

—

49,607

49,757

49,705

80,990

787

81,777

131,384

(30,520)

(173)

(2,707)

(33,400)

(13,147)

(226)

(13,373)

(46,773)

84,611

4,377

45,225

(96)

839

34,266

84,611

91,727

265

91,992

141,749

84,863

70

84,933

134,638

(36,860)

(28,337)

—

(1,992)

—

(4,761)

(38,852)

(33,098)

(15,837)

(356)

(16,193)

(14,572)

(662)

(15,234)

(55,045)

(48,332)

86,704

86,306

4,371

45,225

(96)

1,108

36,096

86,704

4,362

45,225

(96)

898

35,917

86,306

The notes on pages 78 to 116 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. The financial statements on pages 72 to 116 were 
approved and authorised for issue by the Board and signed on their behalf on 18 September 2019.

Wilmington plc, the parent company, recorded a profit of £5,530,000 (2018: £7,001,000) during the year. 

Richard Amos 
Chief Financial Officer 

Mark Milner
Chief Executive Officer

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

75

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsStatements of changes in equity

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Share capital,
share premium
and treasury
shares (note 22)
£’000

Share based
payments
reserve
£’000

Translation
reserve
£’000

Accumulated
losses
£’000

Non-controlling
interests
(note 24)
£’000

Total
£’000

Total equity
£’000

Group
At 30 June 2017 Restated 

(Loss)/profit for the year 

Other comprehensive (expense)/income 
for the year

Transactions with owners:

Dividends

Issue of share capital

Share based payments

Tax on share based payments 

Movements in non-controlling interest

At 30 June 2018 Restated

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income/(expense) 
for the year

Transactions with owners:

Dividends

Issue of share capital

Share based payments

Tax on share based payments 

Movements in non-controlling interest

49,491

—

—

49,491

—

9

—

—

—

898

—

—

898

—

(384)

594

—

—

49,500

1,108

—

—

—

—

49,500

1,108

—

6

—

—

—

—

(472)

203

—

—

3,541

—

(896)

2,645

—

—

—

—

—

2,645

—

643

3,288

—

—

—

—

—

(6,564)

(392)

47,366

(392)

516

(380)

(6,440)

46,594

86

47

—

133

47,452

(345)

(380)

46,727

(7,514)

(7,514)

(62)

(7,576)

375

—

(15)

(345)

(13,939)

11,149

(392)

(3,182)

—

594

(15)

(345)

39,314

11,149

251

50,714

—

—

—

11

82

44

—

126

—

594

(15)

(334)

39,396

11,193

251

50,840

(7,787)

(7,787)

(34)

(7,821)

466

—

(48)

(214)

—

203

(48)

(214)

At 30 June 2019 

49,506

839

3,288

(10,765)

42,868

Company
At 30 June 2017 

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income for the year

Dividends to shareholders

Issue of share capital

Share based payments

Tax on share based payments

At 30 June 2018

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income for the year

Dividends to shareholders

Issue of share capital

Share based payments

Tax on share based payments

At 30 June 2019

Share capital,
share premium
and treasury
shares (note 22)
£’000

 Share based
payments
reserve 
£’000

49,491

—

—

49,491

—

9

—

—

49,500

—

—

49,500

—

6

—

—

49,506

898

—

—

898

—

(384)

594

—

1,108

—

—

1,108

—

(472)

203

—

839

The notes on pages 78 to 116 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

76

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

—

—

—

(92)

—

—

203

(48)

(306)

42,868

Retained
earnings 
£’000

35,917

7,001

332

43,250

(7,514)

375

—

(15)

36,096

5,530

9

41,635

(7,787)

466

—

(48)

Total 
£’000

86,306

7,001

332

93,639

(7,514)

—

594

(15)

86,704

5,530

9

92,243

(7,787)

—

203

(48)

34,266

84,611

Financial StatementsCash flow statements

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations before adjusting items 
Cash flows for adjusting items – operating activities
Cash flows from share based payments

Cash generated from operations
Interest paid
Tax paid

Net cash generated from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of businesses net of cash acquired
Sale of subsidiary net of cash disposed
Deferred consideration paid
Purchase of non-controlling interests
Cash flows for adjusting items – investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of intangible assets

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid to owners of the parent 
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Share issuance costs
Fees relating to new and extended loan facility
Increase in bank loans 
Decrease in bank loans

Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents, 
net of bank overdrafts 

Cash and cash equivalents, net of bank overdrafts at beginning 
of the year 

Exchange gain/(loss) on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, net of bank overdrafts at 
end of the year 

Reconciliation of net debt

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
Cash classified as held for sale
Bank overdrafts at beginning of the year
Bank loans at beginning of the year

Net debt at beginning of the year

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents,  
net of bank overdrafts
Net repayment/(drawdown) in bank loans
Exchange (loss)/gains on bank loans

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year
Cash classified as held for sale 
Bank overdrafts at the end of the period 
Bank loans at end of the year

Net debt at end of the year

Notes

28

Group

Company

Year ended 
30 June 
2019 
 £’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
 £’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2019 
 £’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
 £’000

26,439
(810)
(33)

25,596
(1,943)
(3,943)

19,710

(79)
60
(1,522)
(224)
(405)
(1,332)
112
(2,324)

(5,714)

(7,787)
(34)
(6)
(24)
6,000
(15,399)

(17,250)

25,665
(2,951)
(50)

22,664
(1,934)
(4,738)

15,992

(1,595)
—
(205)
(335)
(1,118)
(3,089)
55
(1,934)

(8,221)

(7,514)
(62)
(8)
(22)
9,127
(8,012)

(6,491)

14,012
(415)
(33)

13,564
(739)
(2,127)

10,698

—
—
—
—
(74)
—
—
—

(74)

(7,787)
—
(6)
(24)
6,000
(9,000)

(10,817)

15,161
(1,220)
(50)

13,891
(904)
(3,333)

9,654

—
—
—
—
(272)
—
—
—

(272)

(7,514)
—
(8)
(22)
11,126
(10,000)

(6,418)

(3,254)

1,280

(193)

2,964

11,033

142

9,762

(9)

(1,727)

—

(4,691)

—

7,921

11,033

(1,920)

(1,727)

10,789
244
—
(50,665)

(39,632)

(3,112)
9,399
(524)

7,921
—
—
(41,790)

(33,869)

10,687
—
(925)
(49,781)

(40,019)

1,271
(1,115)
231

10,789
244
—
(50,665)

(39,632)

19

19

265
—
(1,992)
(16,122)

(17,849)

(193)
3,000
(25)

787
—
(2,707)
(13,147)

70
—
(4,761)
(15,000)

(19,691)

2,964
(1,126)
4

265
—
(1,992)
(16,122)

(15,067)

(17,849)

The notes on pages 78 to 116 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

77

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsNotes to the financial statements

General information
The Company is a public company limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in the UK. The address of its registered office is 10 Whitechapel 
High Street, London E1 8QS.

The Company is listed on the Main Market on the London Stock Exchange. The Company is the provider of information, education and 
networking to the professional markets.

1. Statement of accounting policies
The significant accounting policies applied in preparing the financial statements are outlined below. These policies have been consistently applied 
for all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

a) Basis of preparation
The consolidated and Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’), 
including International Accounting Standards (‘IAS’) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (‘IFRS IC’) applicable to 
companies reporting under IFRS, and as adopted in the EU, and in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies using IFRS.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for certain financial instruments that have 
been measured at fair value. The consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling, the functional currency of Wilmington plc, the parent 
company. All values are rounded to the nearest thousand pounds (£’000) except where otherwise indicated.

The Group meets its day to day working capital requirements through its bank facilities. The current economic conditions continue to create 
uncertainty, particularly over the level of demand for the Group’s products. The Group’s forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably 
possible changes in trading performance, show that the Group should be able to operate within the level of its current facilities. After making 
enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. The Group therefore continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing its consolidated financial statements. 
Further information on the Group’s borrowings is given in note 19.

Pursuant to Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company’s own Income Statement and Statement of Other Comprehensive Income are 
not presented separately in the Company financial statements, but they have been approved by the Board.

b) New standards and interpretations applied
The following new standards, amendments and interpretations have been adopted in the current year: 

International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS/IAS)

IFRS 2 

IFRS 9 

IFRS 15

Classification and Measurement of Share Based Payment  
Transactions – Amendments to IFRS 2

Financial Instruments

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

Effective for
 accounting 
periods
 starting after

1 January 2018

1 January 2018

1 January 2018

The adoption of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9 has led to changes in the Group’s accounting policies which are detailed below. Other amendments to IFRSs 
effective for the period ending 30 June 2019 have not had an impact on the Group.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers 
IFRS 15 provides a single, principles based five-step model to be applied to all sales contracts. It is based on the transfer of control of goods 
and services to customers and replaces the separate models for goods, services and construction contracts previously included in IAS 11 
Construction Contracts (‘IAS 11’) and IAS 18 Revenue (‘IAS 18’). 

The major change is the requirement to identify and assess the satisfaction of delivery of each performance obligation in contracts in order 
to recognise revenue. 

Following an assessment of the financial impact of the changes required from the adoption of this new standard, there is no material change 
to the Consolidated Income Statement of the Group. 

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract with a customer to transfer to the customer either a good or a service. A performance 
obligation can either be distinct good or service or a series of distinct goods or services that are substantially the same that have the same 
pattern of transfer to the customer.

Revenue is recognised at a point in time when a performance obligation is satisfied by transferring a good or service to the customer. An asset is 
transferred when the customer obtains control of that asset.

Revenue is recognised over time when a performance obligation is satisfied by the customer simultaneously receiving and consuming the 
benefits over the period of the contract.

When payment is received in advance of a performance obligation being satisfied it is recorded on the balance sheet as deferred revenue. 
Revenue is then recognised at the point in time or over the period that the performance obligation is satisfied. 

The adoption of IFRS 15 affects the recognition of revenue on education services provided by the Risk & Compliance and Professional divisions.

Revenue from blended training courses comprising multiple products or services used to be recognised on milestones which were estimated by 
management based on the stage of completion of the course but is now recognised as one performance obligation on a straight line basis over 
the period of provision of the training course.

78

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Notes to the financial statementsFinancial Statements1. Statement of accounting policies continued
b) New standards and interpretations applied continued
IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers continued 
Revenue from online training courses used to be recognised at the point that access to the training was first granted to the customer but is now 
recognised as one performance obligation on a straight line basis over the period of access to the online training material.

The Consolidated Balance Sheet has been adjusted by the requirement to net down deferred revenue against trade receivables for amounts 
that have been invoiced but are not yet due. This balance sheet adjustment has not affected the net assets of the Group. 

The Group has adopted IFRS 15 on 1 July 2018 using the ‘full’ retrospective approach. As a result, the prior period results have been restated 
as detailed in note 29. 

A revised Group accounting policy in alignment with the adoption of IFRS 15 has been implemented as set out in (h) below.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments 
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (‘IFRS 9’) replaces the classification and measurement models for financial instruments in IAS 39. The Group has 
assessed its balance sheet assets in accordance with the new classification requirements. There has been no change in the measurement for any 
of the Group’s financial assets or liabilities.

In addition, IFRS 9 introduces an ‘expected loss’ model for the assessment of impairment of financial assets. The ‘incurred loss’ model under IAS 39 
required the Group to recognise impairment losses when there was objective evidence that an asset was impaired. Under the expected loss model, 
impairment losses are recorded if there is an expectation of credit losses, even in the absence of a default event. However, as permitted by IFRS 9, 
the Group applies the ‘simplified approach’ to trade receivable balances. Due to the general quality and short-term nature of the trade receivables, 
there is no significant impact on introduction of the ‘simplified approach’.

The Group applies the hedge accounting requirements under IFRS 9 and its hedging activities are discussed in note 20 of the Annual Report with 
movements on hedging reserves disclosed on the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. The Group’s existing hedging arrangements have 
been assessed as compliant with IFRS 9. The adoption of IFRS 9 from 1 July 2019 does not have a material impact on the Group’s reported results.

The following table presents the Group’s financial instruments, showing their original measurement category under IAS 39 and new measurement 
categories under IFRS 9, as at 1 January 2018. There has been no measurement change to any of the financial instruments upon adoption of IFRS 9.

Financial instrument

IAS 39 classification

IFRS 9 classification

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade receivables 

Other receivables 

Loan and receivable 

Loan and receivable 

Loan and receivable 

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Derivatives used in designated hedge relationships

Fair value – hedging instrument

Fair value – hedging instrument

Derivatives not used in designated hedge relationships Fair value – through consolidated 

income statement

Fair value – through consolidated 
income statement

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables

Deferred consideration payable

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Fair value – through consolidated 
income statement

Fair value – through consolidated 
income statement

Borrowings

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Derivatives used in designated hedge relationships

Fair value – hedging instrument

Fair value – hedging instrument

Derivatives not used in designated hedge relationships Fair value – through consolidated 

income statement

Fair value – through consolidated 
income statement

Impairment
There has been no material adjustment required on transition to IFRS 9 to the loss allowance against financial assets.

c) Critical accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported 
for income and expenses during the year and that affect the amounts reported for assets and liabilities at the reporting date.

Business combinations
Management make estimates and assumptions in assessing the fair value of the net assets acquired on a business combination, in identifying 
and measuring intangible assets arising on a business combination, and in determining the fair value of the consideration. If the consideration 
includes an element of contingent consideration, the final amount of which is dependent on the future performance of the business, management 
assesses the fair value of that contingent consideration based on their reasonable expectations of future performance. The sensitivity of the 
carrying amounts to the judgments, estimates and assumptions will vary depending on the nature and size of the acquisition.

Goodwill and intangible assets
Management makes estimates and assumptions in measuring the carrying amount of goodwill and intangible assets. In considering whether 
goodwill and intangible assets have been impaired, the recoverable amount of cash generating units has been determined based on value in use 
calculations. These calculations require management to estimate future cash flows, a long-term growth rate and an appropriate discount rate. 
The sensitivity of the carrying amount of goodwill to these variables is considered in note 12.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

79

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements1. Statement of accounting policies continued
d) Basis of consolidation
The Group’s consolidated financial statements incorporate the results and net assets of Wilmington plc and all its subsidiary undertakings made 
up to 30 June each year. Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed 
to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. 
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. 

They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring 
the accounting policies used into line with those used by the Group. All inter-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated 
on consolidation; however, for the purposes of segmental reporting, internal arm’s length recharges are included within the appropriate segments. 

e) Business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is applied in accounting for the acquisition of subsidiaries. The acquiree’s identifiable assets and liabilities 
are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date. Goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised as an asset and measured at cost, representing 
the excess of the aggregate of the consideration, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree, and the fair value of the acquirer’s 
previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if any) over the net of the fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. 
The consideration is measured at fair value, which is the aggregate of the fair values of the assets transferred, liabilities incurred or assumed and 
the equity instruments issued in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred within adjusted items 
– investing activities.

Where a business combination agreement provides for an adjustment to the cost of a business acquired contingent on future events, the Group 
accrues the fair value of the additional consideration payable as a liability at acquisition date. This amount is reassessed at each subsequent 
reporting date with any adjustments recognised in the income statement.

f) Impairment of non-financial assets
Intangible assets with finite useful lives and property, plant and equipment are tested for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When an impairment test is performed, the recoverable amount of the asset is assessed and its 
carrying amount is reduced to that amount if lower, and any impairment losses are recognised in the income statement. The recoverable amount 
is the higher of the value in use and of the fair value less costs to sell, where the value in use is the present value of the future cash flows expected 
to be derived from the asset.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases due to a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable 
amount since the last impairment loss was recognised, the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed to the extent that the carrying amount 
of the asset does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of amortisation or depreciation) had no impairment loss 
been recognised for the asset in prior years. The reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in the income statement.

Goodwill is not amortised, but it is reviewed for impairment at least annually. Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units (‘CGUs’) for the 
purpose of impairment testing, so that the value in use is determined by reference to the discounted cash flows of the CGU. The cash flows 
considered are the expected pre-tax cash flows of the CGU, for projections over a three year period extrapolated using estimated long-term 
growth rates. The recoverable amount of the CGU, as for any asset, is the higher of the value in use and the fair value less costs to sell. If a CGU 
is impaired, the impairment losses are allocated firstly against goodwill, and then on a pro-rata basis against intangible and other assets. 
An impairment of goodwill cannot be reversed.

g) Foreign currencies
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment 
in which the entity operates the (‘functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling, which is the Company’s 
functional and the Group’s presentation currency.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction. 
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of transactions and the translation of monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies at period-end exchange rates are recognised in the income statement.

On consolidation, assets and liabilities of foreign undertakings are translated into Sterling at year end exchange rates. The results of foreign 
undertakings are translated into Sterling at average rates of exchange for the year (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the 
cumulative effects of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions). 
Foreign exchange differences arising on retranslation are recognised directly in a separate component of equity, the translation reserve.

In the event of the disposal of an undertaking with assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency, the cumulative translation difference in the 
translation reserve that is associated with the undertaking is charged or credited to the gain or loss on disposal recognised in the income statement.

Further information is provided in the financial instruments accounting policy in relation to loans and borrowings in foreign currencies that are 
designated as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.

80

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements1. Statement of accounting policies continued
h) Revenue
Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for goods and services 
provided in the normal course of business, net of discounts, VAT and other sales-related taxes. 

The Group’s revenue comprises three different types of product and service; information, education and networking, across all three divisions.

Information
•  Subscription income for online services, information and journals is normally received in advance and is therefore recorded as deferred revenue 
on the balance sheet. Revenue is then recognised evenly over time as the performance obligations are satisfied over the term of the subscription. 
These revenue streams relate to one performance obligation that is settled over time using the outputs method on a straight line basis as the 
customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit from the service. 

•  Revenue is recognised on the sale of books, journals, hard copy training material, research projects and similar publications once the product 
has been delivered to the customer. These revenue streams relate to one performance obligation that is settled at a point in time as Wilmington 
has a right to payment once control of the asset is transferred to the customer.

•  Advertising in hard copy publications is recognised on the issue of the related publication. This revenue stream relates to one performance 

obligation that is settled at a point in time as Wilmington has a right to payment once the advertising is published in the hard copy publication.

•  Marketing and advertising services revenues are recognised over the period of the advertising subscription or over the period when the 

marketing service is provided. When payment is received in advance it is recorded on the balance sheet as deferred revenue and revenue is 
then recognised over-time as the performance obligations are satisfied over the term of the contract. These revenue streams relate to one 
performance obligation that is settled over time using the outputs method on a straight line basis as the customer simultaneously receives 
and consumes the benefit from the service.

•  Revenue from the licence of static data reports is recognised once the data has been delivered to the customer. This revenue stream relates 
to one performance obligation that is settled at a point in time as Wilmington has a right to payment once control of the asset is transferred to 
the customer. 

•  Revenue from the licence of static data reports where the customer has access to the data for a finite period of time and the reports have 

significant updates during that period is recognised over the period of the contract. When payment is received in advance it is recorded on the 
balance sheet as deferred revenue and revenue is then recognised over-time as the performance obligations are satisfied over the term of the 
contract. This revenue stream relates to one performance obligation that is settled over time using the outputs method on a straight line basis 
as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit from the service.

•  Revenue from licences to dynamic data that is updated on an ongoing basis is recognised over the period of the contract. When payment is 
received in advance it is recorded on the balance sheet as deferred revenue and revenue is then recognised over-time as the performance 
obligations are satisfied over the term of the contract. This revenue stream relates to one performance obligation that is settled over time using 
the outputs method on a straight line basis as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit from the service.

Education
•  Revenue from training courses where the training is delivered as an ongoing process, is recognised on a straight-line basis over the period 

that the training is provided to the customer. When payment is received in advance it is recorded on the balance sheet as deferred revenue and 
revenue is then recognised over-time as the performance obligations are satisfied over the term of the contract. This revenue stream relates to 
one performance obligation that is settled over time using the outputs method on a straight line basis as the customer simultaneously receives 
and consumes the benefit from the service.

•  Revenue from training courses where the Group provides in-house training to corporate customers is recognised on completion of the training 
course. This revenue stream relates to one performance obligation that is settled at a point in time as Wilmington has a right to payment once 
the service has been delivered to the customer.

•  Revenue from the memberships of professional organisations is recognised on a straight line basis over the period of membership. When payment 
is received in advance it is recorded on the balance sheet as deferred revenue and revenue is then recognised over time as the performance 
obligations are satisfied over the term of the contract. This revenue stream relates to one performance obligation that is settled over time using 
the outputs method on a straight line basis as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit from the service.

Networking 
•  Networking revenue comprises exhibitions, conferences and events (collectively known as events). Revenue typically includes attendee fees, 
event sponsorship and advertising which is recognised when the event is held. Customers and sponsors are often required to pay in advance 
before commencement of the event, and these advance receipts are recognised as deferred revenue on the balance sheet from the point at 
which they become due. This revenue stream relates to one performance obligation that is settled at a point in time as Wilmington has a right 
to payment once the service has been delivered to the customer.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

81

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements1. Statement of accounting policies continued
i) Operating expenses
In accordance with IAS 1 paragraph 102, expenses are presented in the accounts based on their nature. Operating expenses comprise of cost 
of sales and administrative costs. Distribution costs are not separately identified due to the digital nature of our products as they are considered 
immaterial. Costs of sales are all direct costs, including third-party costs and staff costs, associated directly with the production of a product, 
event or service and are charged to the income statement as incurred. At each reporting date a prepayment is recognised for any third-party 
costs which are paid for, in advance of the relevant event being run except in relation to marketing costs. Administrative costs are additional 
operational costs that are not directly associated with the production of a product, event or service. This includes expenses relating central 
administrative and management functions and are expensed to the income statement as incurred.

j) Segmental reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Company’s Board of Directors (the ‘Board’) 
which is considered as the Group’s chief operating decision maker and is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the 
operating segments. The Board considers the business from both a geographic and product perspective. Geographically, management considers 
the performance of the Group between the UK, Europe (excluding the UK), North America and the Rest of the World. 

k) Adjusting items
The Group’s income statement separately identifies adjusting items. Such items are those that in the Directors’ judgment are one-off in nature 
and need to be disclosed separately by virtue of their size and incidence. In determining whether an item or transaction should be classified as an 
adjusting item, the Directors’ consider quantitative as well as qualitative factors such as the frequency, predictability of occurrence and significance. 

This focus on quantitative and qualitative factors may result in the classification of an item as adjusting, where one of apparently similar nature is not. 
The Group distinguishes between restructuring costs that are recurring and those that relate to one-off or transformational Group programmes 
that impact many operations. Recurring restructuring costs that are incurred in the normal course of business are recorded as part of the Group’s 
underlying trading results within profit before tax. Restructuring costs that are one-off and individually material or relate to programmes linked 
to the Group’s wider transformation and require approval at executive level are disclosed separately in the Consolidated Income Statement. 
When these adjusting items relate to a transformational programme to the business, the cost may apply to multiple years. 

This is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by management and reported to the Board. Adjusting items may not be 
comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. Disclosing adjusted items separately provides additional understanding of the 
performance of the Group.

l) Current and deferred income tax
Current and deferred income tax is recognised as income or an expense and included in the income statement for the period, except to the extent 
that it relates to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in other comprehensive 
income or equity, respectively.

The tax effect of adjusting items is calculated by applying the relevant prevailing rate of taxation to the adjusting expense or income to the extent it 
is taxable or tax deductible. 

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date in the countries 
where the Company’s subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluate positions taken in tax returns with 
respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of 
amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is recognised, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities 
and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, the deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial 
recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting 
nor taxable profit nor loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and law) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the 
balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities 
and when the deferred income taxes assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable 
entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

m) Dividends
Dividend distributions are recognised in the consolidated financial statements when the shareholder’s right to receive payment is established. 
Final dividend distributions are recognised in the period in which they are approved by the shareholders, whilst interim dividend distributions are 
recognised in the period in which they are declared and paid.

82

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements1. Statement of accounting policies continued
n) Intangible assets
Intangible assets are stated at historical cost less accumulated amortisation.

Intangible assets are recorded at cost and are amortised through the income statement on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives. 
Their estimated useful lives depend on the classification of the assets as follows:

Computer software 

Databases 

Customer relationships 

Brands 

Publishing rights and titles 

20–33% per annum

8–20% per annum

8–33% per annum

5–20% per annum

5–10% per annum

Computer software that is integral to a related item of hardware is classified as computer equipment within property, plant and equipment. All other 
computer software and also the cost of internally developed software and databases are classified as intangible assets. Computer software licences 
purchased from third parties are initially recorded at cost. Costs associated with the production of internally developed software are capitalised 
once it is probable that they will generate future economic benefits and satisfy the other criteria set out in IAS 38. Computer software intangible 
assets (including the cost of internally developed software and databases) are amortised through the income statement on a straight line basis 
over their estimated useful lives up to five years. Assets that are not in use at the reporting date (assets under construction) are recognised at 
cost and amortisation commences when those assets begin to generate economic benefit.

o) Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Cost includes the original purchase price of the asset 
plus any costs of bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended use. Depreciation is not provided on freehold land. On other assets it 
is provided at the following annual rates, on a straight line basis, in order to write down each asset to its residual value over its estimated useful life. 
The assets residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

Land, freehold and leasehold buildings (excluding freehold land) 

2–10% per annum

Fixtures and fittings  

Computer equipment  

Motor vehicles  

10–33% per annum

25–33% per annum

25% per annum

Leasehold improvements are included in land, freehold and leasehold buildings.

Gains and losses arising on disposal are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised within the income 
statement. When the gain or loss arising on disposal is significant or material, it is disclosed separately on the income statement within other 
income or expenses.

p) Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less provision for any impairment in value.

q) Financial instruments
Financial assets
The Group classifies its non-derivative financial assets as ‘amortised cost’ for the purposes of IFRS 9. Management determines the classification 
at initial recognition and re-evaluates this designation at each reporting date.

Loans and other receivables
Loans and other receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. 
Loans and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs. They are subsequently carried at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method, with changes in carrying value recognised in the income statement.

Loans and other receivables are classified as current assets if they mature within twelve months of the reporting date, but are otherwise classified 
as non-current assets.

The Group classifies its loans and other receivables as ‘amortised cost’ for the purposes of IFRS 9. 

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value, which is usually the invoiced amount. They are subsequently carried at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method (if the time value of money is significant), less provisions made for doubtful receivables. Provisions are made specifically, 
where there is evidence of a risk of non-payment taking into account ageing, previous losses experienced and general economic conditions.

The Group assesses for doubtful debts (impairment) using the expected credit losses model as required by IFRS 9. For trade receivables, the 
Group applies the simplified approach which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from the initial recognition of the receivables.

The Group classifies its trade receivables as ‘fair value through Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income – debt instrument’ for the 
purposes of IFRS 9.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

83

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Statement of accounting policies continued
q) Financial instruments continued
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, current balances with banks and similar institutions, and other short-term highly liquid 
investments which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have original maturities of three months or less. Cash and cash 
equivalents are offset against bank overdrafts and the net amount is reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right 
to offset the recognised amounts. Bank overdrafts are otherwise shown as borrowings within current liabilities on the balance sheet.

The Group classifies cash and cash equivalents as ‘amortised cost’ for the purposes of IFRS 9.

Impairment of financial assets
The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether a financial asset or Group of financial assets is impaired. Where there is objective 
evidence that an impairment loss has arisen on an asset carried at amortised cost, the carrying amount is reduced and the impairment loss is 
recognised in the income statement. The impairment loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present 
value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after 
the impairment was recognised, the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed to the extent that the carrying amount of the financial 
asset does not exceed what the amortised cost would have been had the impairment not been recognised at the date the impairment is reversed. 
A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in the income statement.

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value, which is usually the invoiced amount. They are subsequently carried at amortised 
cost using the effective interest method (if the time value of money is significant).

If due within twelve months or less, the trade or other payable is classified as a current liability. It is otherwise classified as a non-current liability.

The Group classifies trade and other payables as ‘amortised cost’ for the purposes of IFRS 9.

Loans and other borrowings
Loans and other borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of the amounts received net of transaction costs. They are subsequently 
carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with changes in carrying value recognised in the income statement.

Further information is provided below in relation to loans and borrowings in foreign currencies that are designated as a hedge of a net investment 
in a foreign operation.

Loans and other borrowings are classified as current liabilities if they mature within twelve months of the balance sheet date, but are otherwise 
classified as non-current liabilities.

The Group classifies loans and other borrowings as ‘amortised cost’ for the purposes of IFRS 9.

Financial instruments and hedge accounting
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to reduce its exposure to interest rate risk and foreign currency risk, and it also has loans and 
borrowings in foreign currencies that correspond to investments in foreign operations.

Financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting
The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for financial trading purposes. However, derivative financial instruments that do 
not qualify for hedge accounting (e.g. certain forward currency contracts held by the Group) are classified as ‘fair value through consolidated income 
statement’ for the purposes of IFRS 9 so are initially recognised and subsequently measured at fair value. The gain or loss on re-measurement to 
fair value is recognised in the Income Statement.

Financial instruments that do qualify for hedge accounting
To qualify for hedge accounting, a financial instrument must be designated as a hedging instrument at inception, hedge documentation must 
be prepared and the hedge must be expected to be highly effective. The effectiveness of the hedge is then tested at each reporting date, both 
prospectively and retrospectively, and hedge accounting may be continued only if the hedge remains highly effective. Hedge accounting is 
discontinued when the hedging instrument expires, or is sold, terminated or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting, or if the Group chooses 
to end the hedge relationship.

A financial instrument designated for hedge accounting is initially recognised at fair value. For cash flow hedges (e.g. interest rate swaps), the 
gains or losses on re-measurement to fair value that correspond to the effective part of the hedge are recognised directly in equity; those that 
correspond to the ineffective part, if any, are recognised in the income statement. For net investment hedges (loans and borrowings in foreign 
currencies that are designated as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation), the translation differences that correspond to the effective 
part of the hedge are recognised directly in equity; those that correspond to the ineffective part, if any, are recognised in the income statement.

To the extent that the hedge is effective, changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as hedging instruments in cash flow hedges are 
recognised in other comprehensive income and included within the cash flow hedge reserve in equity. Any ineffectiveness in the hedge 
relationship is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

84

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements1. Statement of accounting policies continued
Financial liabilities continued
Financial instruments that do qualify for hedge accounting continued
At the time the hedged item affects profit or loss, any gain or loss previously recognised in other comprehensive income is reclassified from equity 
to profit or loss and presented as a reclassification adjustment within other comprehensive income. However, if a non-financial asset or liability is 
recognised as a result of the hedged transaction, the gains and losses previously recognised in other comprehensive income are included in the 
initial measurement of the hedged item.

If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, any related gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income is transferred 
immediately to profit or loss. If the hedging relationship ceases to meet the effectiveness conditions, hedge accounting is discontinued.

r) Retirement benefits
The Group does not operate a defined benefit pension scheme.

The Group contributes to defined contribution pension schemes for a number of employees. Contributions to these arrangements are charged in 
the income statement in the period in which they are incurred. The Group has no further payment obligation once the contributions have been paid.

s) Share based payments
The Group operates an equity-settled, share based compensation plan, under which the entity receives services from employees as consideration 
for equity instruments (share awards and options) of the Group. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of share 
awards and options is recognised as an expense. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the share awards 
and options granted, excluding the impact of any non-market service and performance vesting conditions (for example, profitability and remaining 
as an employee of the entity over a specified time period). Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of share 
awards and options that are expected to vest. The total amount expensed is recognised over the vesting period, which is the period over which all 
of the specified existing conditions are to be satisfied. At each balance sheet date, the entity revises its estimates of the number of share awards 
and options that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, 
if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to the share based payments reserve within equity.

The payment in lieu of dividend payable in connection with the grant of the share awards is considered an integral part of the grant itself, and the 
charge will be treated as an equity-settled transaction. The cumulative share based payment charge held in reserves is recycled into retained 
earnings when the share awards or options lapse or are exercised. The social security contributions payable in connection with the grant of the 
share awards will be treated as a cash-settled transaction.

t) Operating leases
Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Rentals 
incurred in respect of operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the income statement on a straight line 
basis over the period of the lease.

u) Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a 
deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. The share premium reserve represents the amount paid to the Company by shareholders above the 
nominal value of shares issued.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital (‘Treasury shares’), the consideration paid, including any directly 
attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes), is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the shares are 
cancelled or reissued.

v) Assets held for sale or disposal groups
Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as assets held for sale when their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through 
a sale transaction and a sale is considered highly probable. They are stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

w) New standards and interpretations not applied
The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) have issued new 
standards and interpretations with an effective date after the year starting 1 July 2018. 

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS/IAS)

IFRS 16 

Leases*

IFRIC Interpretation 23

Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments

Amendments to IAS 28

Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures

* 

Standard endorsed by the EU.

Effective for accounting
periods starting after

1 January 2019

1 January 2019

1 January 2019

Management is currently assessing the impact of the above new standards. During the year to 30 June 2020 the Group will put in place 
necessary processes to capture all of the adjustments and additional disclosures required for those standards taking effect before this date. 

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

85

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements1. Statement of accounting policies continued
w) New standards and interpretations not applied continued
IFRS 16 Leases
IFRS 16 is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. The date of initial application of IFRS 16 for the Group is 1 July 2019. 

IFRS 16 prescribes a single lessee accounting model that requires the recognition of a right-of-use asset and corresponding liability for all leases 
with terms over twelve months, unless the underlying asset is of low value. The liability is initially measured at the present value of future lease 
payments for the lease term. The right-of-use asset is depreciated, with the depreciation charge and the interest on the corresponding lease liability 
being recognised in the income statement over the lease term. In the cash flow statement the total amount of cash paid in respect of lease payments 
is separated into a principal portion within financing activities, and an interest portion within operating activities.

The Group will adopt the modified retrospective approach to application, using transitional reliefs available. It will not restate comparatives but will 
recognise a cumulative adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings at 1 July 2019. The Group will also make use of the relief not to reassess 
whether a contract contains a lease, and therefore the definition of a lease under IAS 17 will continue to apply to leases entered into before the date 
of transition. Additionally, the Group will make use of the relief to exclude any leases with a remaining term less than twelve months at the date 
of transition.

On implementation of IFRS 16 there will be a material increase in lease liabilities, along with a corresponding increase in right-of-use assets within 
property, plant and equipment. The Group’s significant leases relate to property and the undiscounted commitments under non-cancellable operating 
leases in accordance with IAS 17 total £17.4m for continuing operations at 30 June 2019 (30 June 2018: £17.4m).

The Group does not anticipate that the adoption of the remaining standards and interpretations that are effective for the year ending 30 June 2020 
will have a material effect on its financial statements. 

2. Measures of profit
Reconciliation to profit on continuing activities before tax
To provide shareholders with additional understanding of the trading performance of the Group, adjusted EBITA has been calculated as profit 
before tax after adding back:

•  amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software;

• 

impairment of goodwill and intangible assets;

•  adjusting items (included in operating expenses); 

•  other income – gain on sale of subsidiary; 

•  share of loss of equity accounted investment; and

• 

finance costs. 

Adjusted profit before tax, adjusted EBITA and adjusted EBITDA reconcile to profit on continuing activities before tax as follows:

Year ended
 30 June 
2019 
£’000

Year ended
 30 June 2018 
Restated
£’000

14,712

5,049

—

1,443
(1,906)

19,298

50

2,103

21,451

1,359

1,477

24,287

2,275

6,432

8,561

4,573

—

21,841

—

1,969

23,810

917

1,302

26,029

Profit before tax 
Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software 

Impairment of goodwill and intangibles

Adjusting items (included in operating expenses)

Other income – gain on sale of subsidiary

Adjusted profit before tax 
Share of loss of equity accounted investment

Finance costs 

Adjusted operating profit (‘Adjusted EBITA’) 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment included in operating expenses

Amortisation of intangible assets – computer software 

Adjusted EBITA before depreciation (‘Adjusted EBITDA’) 

86

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements3. Segmental information
In accordance with IFRS 8 the Group’s operating segments are based on the operating results reviewed by the Board, which represents the chief 
operating decision maker. 

The Group’s organisational structure reflects the main communities to which it provides information, education and networking. The three divisions 
(Risk & Compliance, Professional and Healthcare) are the Group’s segments and generate all of the Group’s revenue. The Board considers the 
business from both a geographic and product perspective. Geographically, management considers the performance of the Group between the UK, 
North America, Europe (excluding the UK) and the Rest of the World.

a) Business segments

Risk & Compliance 

Healthcare

Professional

Group total

Unallocated central overheads

Share based payments

Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software 

Impairment of goodwill and intangibles

Adjusting items (included in operating expenses)

Other income – gain on sale of subsidiary

Finance costs 

Share of loss of equity accounted investment

Profit before tax 
Taxation 

Profit/(loss) for the financial year 

Revenue
Year ended
30 June 2019
£’000

Profit
 Year ended
30 June 2019
£’000

Revenue
Year ended
30 June 2018
Restated
£’000

Profit
Year ended
30 June 2018
Restated
£’000

42,453

46,310

33,762

122,525

—

—

122,525

42,149

44,681

34,512

121,342

—

—

121,342

12,670

7,337

5,808

25,815

(4,152)

(212)

21,451

(5,049)

—

(1,443)

1,906

(2,103)

(50)

14,712

(3,519)

11,193

12,188

9,899

6,191

28,278

(3,827)

(641)

23,810

(6,432)

(8,561)

(4,573)

—

(1,969)

—

2,275

(2,620)

(345)

There are no intra-segmental revenues which are material for disclosure. Unallocated central overheads represent central costs that are not 
specifically allocated to segments. Total assets and liabilities for each reportable segment are not presented; as such, information is not provided 
to the Board.

b) Segmental information by geography
The UK is the Group’s country of domicile and the Group generates the majority of its revenue from external customers in the UK. The geographical 
analysis of revenue is on the basis of the country of origin in which the customer is invoiced:

UK 

Europe (excluding the UK)

North America 

Rest of the World 

Total revenue 

Year ended 
30 June 
2019 
£’000

69,839

22,055

20,829

9,802

122,525

Year ended 
30 June 2018 
Restated
£’000

71,592

20,628

18,201

10,921

121,342

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

87

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements3. Segmental information continued
c) Timing of revenue recognition 
The timing of the Group’s revenue recognition is as follows: 

Revenue from products and services transferred at a point in time

Revenue from products and services transferred over time 

Total revenue 

Year ended 
30 June 
2019 
£’000

51,054

71,471

122,525

Year ended 
30 June 2018 
Restated
£’000

45,156

76,186

121,342

The value of revenue recognised in the year which was included in subscriptions and deferred revenue at the start of the year was £28,384,000 
(year ended 30 June 2018: £29,861,000). The value of revenue recognised in the reporting period from performance obligations satisfied or 
partially satisfied in previous periods was £nil (year ended 30 June 2019: £nil).

The Group has applied the practical expedient of paragraph 63 of IFRS 15 not to adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a 
financing component, as it is expected that the period between the transfer of goods or services, and when the customer pays for that good or 
service, will be less than one year.

The Group has applied the practical expedient of paragraph 93 of IFRS 15 to recognise the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense 
when incurred, because the amortisation period of any such asset that the entity otherwise would have recognised is one year or less.

The Group has applied the practical expedient of paragraph 121 of IFRS 15 not to disclose the transaction price allocated to the remaining 
performance obligations, as required by paragraph 120 of IFRS 15, as the Group’s contracts are all for one year or less.

4. Profit from continuing operations
a) Profit for the year from continuing operations is stated after charging/(crediting):

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment – included in operating expenses 

Amortisation of intangible assets – computer software 

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Rentals under operating leases

Share based payments (including social security costs)

Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software

Impairment of goodwill and intangibles

Adjusting items (included in operating expenses)

Gain on sale of subsidiary

Foreign exchange gain (including forward currency contracts) 

Fees payable to the auditors for the audit of the Company and consolidated financial statements 

Fees payable to the auditors and their associates for other services:

– The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

– Other assurance services 

– Tax compliance services 

– Audit related other services 

Fees payable to the auditors in the year ended 30 June 2018 were due to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

Year ended
 30 June 
2019 
£’000

Year ended
 30 June 
2018 
£’000

1,359

1,477

36

2,661

212

5,049

—

1,443

(1,906)

(55)

87

154
—

—

15

917

1,302

(11)

2,942

641

6,432

8,561

4,573

—

(229)

117

183

74

5

—

88

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements4. Profit from continuing operations continued
b) Adjusting items
The following items have been charged to the income statement during the year but are considered to be adjusting so are shown separately:

Costs relating to successful and aborted acquisitions, disposals and integration

Increase in liability for deferred consideration 

Impairment of loan receivable 

Costs associated with the change in CEO

Adjusting items relating to property portfolio review and IT infrastructure transformation

Restructuring and rationalisation costs 

Other adjusting items (included in operating expenses)
Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets (note 12)

Total adjusting items (classified in profit before tax)

Year ended 
30 June 
2019 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
£’000

74

489

563

331

549

—

—

1,443

5,049

—

6,492

721

330

1,051

—

—

3,090

432

4,573

6,432

8,561

19,566

Successful and aborted acquisition, disposal and integration costs relate to transaction fees on the acquisition of The Training Consultants 
Limited and the disposal of International Company Profile FZ LLC. The increase in the liability for deferred consideration relates to adjustments 
to deferred consideration in respect of SWAT Group Limited (‘SWAT’), Interactive Medica Limited, The Training Consultants Limited and Evantage 
Consulting Limited. The impairment of loan receivable relates to the write off of the receivable from the joint venture Axco Digital Insurer Ratings 
PTE. Ltd (Singapore) in the year. 

5. Operating expenses

Operating expenses before depreciation, 
amortisation and impairment

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets – 
computer software 

Operating expenses before amortisation 
of intangible assets excluding computer 
software and impairment
Amortisation of intangible assets – databases

Amortisation of intangible assets – customer 
relationships

Amortisation of intangible assets – brands

Amortisation of intangible assets – publishing 
rights and titles

Goodwill and intangibles impairment charge 
(note 12)

Other adjusting items (note 4)

Operating expenses

Year ended 30 June 2019

Year ended 30 June 2018

Cost of sales
£’000

Administration
£’000 

Total
£’000 

Cost of sales 
£’000

Administration 
£’000 

Total
£’000 

93,626

1,359

1,477

96,462

1,745

1,501
1,185

618

—

—

4,612

—

—

98,238

1,359

90,845

917

1,477

1,302

4,612

101,074

—

—
—

—

—

1,443

1,745

1,501
1,185

618

—

1,443

93,064

1,933

2,038

1,272

1,189

—

—

101,511

6,055

107,566

99,496

4,468

—

—

4,468

—

—

—

—

8,561

4,573

17,602

95,313

917

1,302

97,532

1,933

2,038

1,272

1,189

8,561

4,573

117,098

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

89

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements6. Net finance costs

Finance costs comprise:
Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts

Unwinding of the discount on royalty payments receivable

Amortisation of capitalised loan arrangement fees

Year ended 
30 June 
2019 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
£’000

1,921

(127)

309

2,103

1,804

—

165

1,969

Included within amortisation of capitalised loan arrangement fees is £143,000 relating to the write off of the remaining fees on the 2015 debt 
facility following its renewal in July 2019.

7. Taxation

Current tax
UK corporation tax at current rates on UK profits for the year 

Adjustments in respect of previous years 

Foreign tax

Adjustments in respect of previous years

Total current tax 

Deferred tax credit

Effect on deferred tax of change in corporation tax rate

Total deferred tax 

Taxation

Factors affecting the tax charge for the year:

Year ended 
30 June 
2019 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 2018 
Restated
£’000

2,163

(106)

2,057

1,153

350

3,560

(41)

—

(41)

3,519

2,208

63

2,271

1,114

(41)

 3,344

(765)

41

(724)

2,620

The effective tax rate is higher (2018: higher) than the average rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.00% (2018: 19.00%). The differences are 
explained below:

Profit before tax 

Profit before tax multiplied by the average rate of corporation tax in the year of 19.00% (2018: 19.00%) 

Tax effects of:
Impairment of goodwill not deductible for tax purposes

Foreign tax rate differences 

Adjustment in respect of previous years

Other items not subject to tax

Effect on deferred tax of change of corporation tax rate 

Taxation 

Year ended 
30 June 
2019
£’000

14,712

2,795

—

384

244

96

—

3,519

Year ended 
30 June 2018
Restated
 £’000

2,275

432

1,627

384

22

114

41

2,620

It was announced on 23 November 2016 that the UK corporation tax rate will be reduced from 19% to 17% from 1 April 2020. Deferred tax assets 
and liabilities are measured at the rates that are expected to apply in the periods of the reversal. 

The Company’s profits for this accounting year are taxed at an effective rate of 23.9% (2018 restated: 24.2%).

Included in other comprehensive income are a tax charge of £8,000 (2018: £80,000) and a tax credit of £99,000 (2018: £42,000 charge) relating 
to the interest rate swaps and net investment hedges respectively. 

The tax effect of adjusting items as disclosed in note 9 is a credit of £475,000 (2018: £1,876,000). 

90

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements8. Dividends
Amounts recognised as distributions to owners of the parent in the year:

Final dividends recognised as distributions in the year 

Interim dividends recognised as distributions in the year 

Total dividends paid 

Final dividend proposed 

Year ended
30 June
2019
Pence per share

Year ended
30 June
2018
Pence per share

Year ended
30 June
2019
£’000

Year ended
30 June
2018
£’000

4.8

4.1

5.0

4.6

4.0

4.8

4,200

3,587

7,787

4,375

4,019

3,495

7,514

4,194

9. Earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per share has been calculated using adjusted earnings calculated as profit after taxation and non-controlling interests 
but before:

•  amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software;

• 

impairment of goodwill and intangible assets;

•  adjusting items (included in operating expenses); 

•  share of loss of equity accounted investment; and

•  other income – gain on sale of subsidiary.

The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Earnings from continuing operations for the purpose of basic earnings per share 

Add/(remove):

Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software

Impairment of goodwill and intangibles

Adjusting items (included in operating expenses)

Other income – gain on sale of subsidiary

Tax effect of adjustments above

Adjusted earnings for the purposes of adjusted earnings per share 

Year ended 
30 June 
2019 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 2018 
Restated
£’000

11,149

(392)

5,049

—

1,443

(1,906)

(475)

15,260

6,432

8,561

4,573

—

(1,876)

17,298

Number 

Number 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of basic and adjusted earnings per share 

87,513,422

87,379,469

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares:

Future exercise of share awards and options

719,509

645,240

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of diluted and adjusted diluted earnings per share  88,232,931

88,024,709

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Adjusted basic earnings per share (‘Adjusted Earnings Per Share’) 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share 

12.74p

12.64p

17.44p

17.30p

(0.45)p

(0.45)p

19.80p

19.65p

10. Results of Wilmington plc
Wilmington plc, the parent company, recorded a profit of £5,530,000 (2018: £7,001,000) during the year. 

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

91

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements11. Acquisitions and disposals
a) Acquisition – The Training Consultants Limited – 5 July 2018
On 5 July 2018 Bond Solon Training Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Wilmington plc, acquired the entire issued share capital of The Training 
Consultants Limited (TTC), a UK based provider of accredited intelligence and investigative skills training. TTC was acquired for an initial consideration 
of £229,848 including £150,620 worth of cash on the balance sheet, with an additional £125,000 paid on 5 July 2019, subject to the continued 
employment of a key member of the management team. 

Acquisition related costs of £30,012 have been expensed as adjusting items, in addition to £125,000 in respect of the deferred consideration 
(see note 4b). 

TTC is a complementary addition to Wilmington, further diversifying the offering of the Professional division.

b) Disposal – International Company Profile FZ LLC – 18 July 2018
On 18 July 2018 Wilmington Publishing and Information Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary of Wilmington plc) sold the trade and assets of 
International Company Profile (‘ICP’), including its 100% shareholding in International Company Profile FZ LLC, the statutory entity incorporated 
in Dubai, to its management team. The sale was effective from 1 July 2018.

ICP was the credit reporting business previously held within the Risk & Compliance division and was classified as held for sale at 30 June 2018.

The profit on disposal of International Company Profile was £1,906,000 which is calculated as follows:

Sale price

Royalty payments

Undiscounted consideration 

Discount of royalty payments

Fair value of consideration
Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Cash

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Net assets disposed of

Profit on disposal of ICP

£’000

300

2,700

3,000

(606)

2,394
9

58

240

100

81

488

1,906

The sale price for ICP was £3,000,000, which includes future royalty payments of £2,700,000 which have been accounted for as deferred 
consideration. The deferred consideration receivable is accounted for as a financial asset at amortised cost.

In accordance with IFRS 3 Business Combinations and IAS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements, the royalty payments have been accounted 
for as consideration as part of the disposal transaction because the business sale agreement and royalty licence agreement were entered into 
at the same time, to achieve the same overall commercial effect, and both arrangements were dependent on each other.

At 30 June 2019 the fair value of the future royalty payments was £2,221,050. The royalty payments are due to be paid in instalments from 
18 July 2020 to 18 July 2023. 

c) Non-controlling interest acquired – 29 March 2019
On 29 March 2019 the Group purchased the remaining 8.75% shareholding in Wilmington Millennium Limited for £223,514, making it a wholly 
owned subsidiary.

92

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements12. Goodwill

Cost
At 1 July 2017

Additions 

Fair value adjustment

Exchange translation differences 

At 30 June 2018

Exchange translation differences 

At 30 June 2019

Accumulated impairment
At 1 July 2017

Impairment

At 30 June 2018 and 30 June 2019

Net book amount

At 30 June 2019

At 30 June 2018

At 30 June 2017 

£’000

110,188

588

(762)

(190)

109,824

432

110,256

24,160

8,561

32,721

77,535

77,103

86,028

Goodwill arising on business combinations is not amortised but reviewed for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if there are 
indications that goodwill may be impaired. Impairment reviews were performed by comparing the carrying value of goodwill with the recoverable 
amount of the cash generating units (‘CGU’) to which goodwill has been allocated. Recoverable amounts for cash generating units are the higher 
of fair value less costs of disposal, and value in use.

The value in use calculations use pre-tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets and forecasts approved by the Board covering a 
three year period. These pre-tax cash flows beyond the three year period are extrapolated using estimated long-term growth rates.

Key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding discount rates, cash flow forecasts and long-term growth rates. 
Management has used a pre-tax discount rate of 10.5% (2018: 12.3%) across all CGUs in the UK. A pre-tax discount rate of 11.3% (2018: 13.5%) 
has been used for Compliance Week, FRA and Ark USA that all operate in North America. A pre-tax discount rate of 11.6% (2018: 12.3%) has 
been used for Inese, which operates in Spain. A pre-tax discount rate of 11.0% (2018: 12.3%) has been used for APM, which operates in France.

These pre-tax discount rates reflect current market assessments for the time value of money and the risks associated with the CGUs as the 
Group manages its treasury function on a Group-wide basis. 

The long-term growth rates used are based on management’s expectations of future changes in the markets for each CGU and are 2.0% 
(2018: 2.0%).

Management’s impairment calculations based upon the above assumptions show ample headroom with the exception of Compliance Week.

Compliance week
For Compliance Week, the value in use exceeds the carrying value by 6% (2018: 17%). The reduction in headroom is largely as a result of changes 
in the assumptions of ongoing investment requirements in the business. The impairment review of Compliance Week is sensitive to a reasonably 
possible change in the key assumptions used; most notably the projected cash flows and the pre-tax discount rate. The value in use exceeds the 
carrying value unless any of the assumptions are changed as follows:

•  A decrease in the projected operating cash flows of 6.0% in each of the next three years; or

•  An increase in the pre-tax discount from 11.3% to 12.0%.

During the year, integration activities to bring the UK healthcare assets into a single UK Healthcare business were completed. As a result of this, it 
will not be possible going forward to identify the cash flows generated by HSJ and Evantage independently from the other UK Healthcare businesses. 
Therefore HSJ and Evantage have been included in a single UK Healthcare CGU as at 30 June 2019.

CGU

UK Healthcare

Axco and Pendragon

Accountancy

Others

30 June
2019
£’000

21,182

11,150

8,307

36,896

77,535

30 June 
2018
£’000

21,181

11,150

8,307

36,465

77,103

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

93

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements13. Intangible assets

Group

Cost
At 1 July 2017

Additions 

Acquisitions

Disposals

Reclassification to held for sale

Exchange translation differences

At 30 June 2018

Additions 

Acquisitions

Disposal

Exchange translation differences

Computer
software
£’000

Databases
£’000

Customer
relationships
£’000

Brands
£’000

Publishing
rights and titles
£’000

Total
£’000

9,946

1,934

583

(2,161)

(111)

2

10,193

2,324

—

(326)

(17)

16,143

24,355

13,341

30,289

94,074

—

611

—

—

(13)

—

514

—

—

(67)

—

348

—

—

(56)

—

—

—

—

—

16,741

24,802

13,633

30,289

—

—

—

30

—

—

—

167

—

—

—

124

—

104

—

—

1,934

2,056

(2,161)

(111)

(134)

95,658

2,324

104

(326)

304

At 30 June 2019

12,174

16,771

24,969

13,757

30,393

98,064

Accumulated amortisation
At 1 July 2017

Charge for the year

Acquisitions

Disposals

Reclassification to held for sale

Exchange translation differences

At 30 June 2018

Charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange translation differences

At 30 June 2019

Net book amount

At 30 June 2019

At 30 June 2018

At 30 June 2017

7,004

1,302

528

(2,161)

(53)

22

6,642

1,477

(251)

(18)

10,110

1,933

—

—

—

5

12,048

1,745

—

17

14,987

2,038

—

—

—

71

17,096

1,501

—

123

4,188

1,272

—

—

—

36

5,496

1,185

—

101

25,874

1,189

—

—

—

8

27,071

618

—

—

62,163

7,734

528

(2,161)

(53)

142

68,353

6,526

(251)

223

7,850

13,810

18,720

6,782

27,689

74,851

4,324

3,551

2,942

2,961

4,693

6,033

6,249

7,706

9,368

6,975

8,137

9,153

2,704

3,218

4,415

23,213

27,305

31,911

94

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements14. Property, plant and equipment

Group

Cost
At 1 July 2017

Additions 

Acquisitions

Disposals 

Reclassification to held for sale

Exchange translation differences

At 30 June 2018

Additions 

Acquisitions

Disposals 

Exchange translation differences

At 30 June 2019

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 July 2017

Charge for the year 

Disposals

Acquisitions

Reclassification to held for sale

Exchange translation differences 

At 30 June 2018

Charge for the year 

Disposals

Acquisitions

Exchange translation differences 

At 30 June 2019

Net book amount

At 30 June 2019

At 30 June 2018

At 30 June 2017 

Land, freehold
and leasehold
buildings
 £’000

Fixtures and
fittings 
£’000

Computer
equipment
£’000

Motor
 vehicles
 £’000

3,161

2,122

—

—

—

—

5,283

248

—

—

—

5,239

436

119

(1,760)

—

(1)

4,033

324

—

(786)

14

4,292

787

123

(1,289)

(11)

(2)

3,900

302

13

(477)

7

5,531

3,585

3,745

820

142

—

(3)

—

—

959

325

—

—

—

3,956

649

116

(1,760)

—

—

2,961

491

(693)

—

11

3,767

468

114

(1,289)

(2)

1

3,059

452

(467)

13

8

1,284

2,770

3,065

4,247

4,324

2,341

815

1,072

1,283

680

841

525

534

68

—

(142)

—

—

460

135

—

(198)

—

397

239

90

—

(95)

—

—

234

91

(153)

—

—

172

225

226

295

Total
 £’000

13,226

3,413

242

(3,191)

(11)

(3)

13,676

1,009

13

(1,461)

21

13,258

8,782

1,349

230

(3,147)

(2)

1

7,213

1,359

(1,313)

13

19

7,291

5,967

6,463

4,444

Included in land, freehold and leasehold buildings is £970,000 (2018: £970,000) of non-depreciated land. 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is charged to operating expenses within the income statement.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

95

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements15. Investments in subsidiaries

Company

Cost less provision at 1 July 2018 and 30 June 2019

Shares in
subsidiary
undertakings
£’000

49,420

The following table gives brief details of the entities controlled and included in the consolidated financial statements of the Group at 30 June 2019. 
Except where indicated, all of the entities are incorporated in and principally operated in the UK. Subsidiaries marked * are directly owned by 
Wilmington plc; all other subsidiaries are indirectly owned. Subsidiaries marked ** are companies limited by guarantee, have no ordinary shares 
and are controlled indirectly by Wilmington plc. Subsidiaries marked + have claimed audit exemptions for the year to 30 June 2019 under Section 
479A of the Companies Act 2006.

UK company
number

Registered
address

Business

Percentage
owned

3402949
n/a 

WCH
HAL

Provision of professional training
Provision of professional training

WES

Provision of professional training

Name of company

Adkins & Matchett (UK) Limited+
Adkins, Matchett & Toy (Hong Kong) Limited (incorporated 
and operates in Hong Kong) 
Adkins, Matchett & Toy Limited (incorporated and operates 
in the US) 
APM International SAS (incorporated and operates in France) 

APM Media SARL (incorporated and operates in France) 

n/a

n/a

n/a

AVE

AVE

Ark Conferences Limited+

2931372

WCH

Ark Group Inc. (incorporated and operates in the US) 

n/a

Ark Group Limited+
Ark Publishing Limited
Axco Insurance Information Services Limited+

3023875
3795674
3073807

WNA

WCH
WCH
WCH

Bond Solon Training Limited+
Central Law Management Limited
Central Law Training (Scotland) Limited+

2271977
2437276
SC187504

WCH
WCH
TON

Central Law Training Limited+

2158821

WCH

CLT International Limited+
Evantage Consulting Limited

HCP Consulting Limited
ICA Audit Limited+

Interactive Medica AB

6309789
4297858

4160769
4519229

n/a

WCH
WCH

WCH
WCH

GRV

Interactive Medica Limited+

5947851

WCH

Interactive Medica SL 

n/a

ALC

International Compliance Association**+

4429302

WCH

News information services to the 
healthcare industry
News information services to the 
healthcare industry
Provision of information and events 
for professional practice management
Provision of information and events 
for professional practice management
Holding company
Dormant
Provision of international compliance 
and regulatory information for the 
global insurance industry
Witness training and conferences
Dormant
Professional education,  
post- qualification training 
and legal conferences
Professional education,  
post- qualification training 
and legal conferences
Certified professional training
Consultancy to the 
pharmaceutical industry
Dormant
Facilitation of ISO certification 
for businesses 
Pan-European provider of cloud based 
insight, CRM and KAM offerings to the 
pharmaceutical industry
Pan-European provider of cloud based 
insight, CRM and KAM offerings to the 
pharmaceutical industry
Pan-European provider of cloud based 
insight, CRM and KAM offerings to the 
pharmaceutical industry
Professional association; a not for 
profit organisation

International Compliance Training (Middle East) LLC  
(incorporated and operates in UAE)
International Compliance Training Academy PTE Limited 
(incorporated and operates in Singapore) 

n/a

GAT

n/a 

ROB

Training courses in international 
compliance and money laundering
Training courses in international 
compliance and money laundering

96

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

100
100

100

100

100

100

100

100
100
100

100
100
100

100

100
100

100
100

100

100

100

100

100

100

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial StatementsUK company
number

Registered
address

Business

Percentage
owned

15. Investments in subsidiaries continued

Name of company

International Compliance Training SDN. BHD 
(incorporated and operates in Malaysia)
ICA Commercial Services Limited+

JMH Publishing Limited+

La Touche Bond Solon Training Limited  
(incorporated and operates in Ireland) 
Mercia Group Limited+

n/a 

VER

4363296

WCH

4097904

WCH

n/a 

CAP

1464141

WCH

Mercia Ireland Limited (incorporated and operates in Ireland) 

n/a 

CAP

Mercia NI Limited+

NHIS Limited*+

NI038498

CLO

5997573

WCH

Pendragon Professional Information Limited
Practice Track Limited+

3612096
WCH
2290840 WCH

Quorum Courses Limited
Quorum International Limited
Quorum Training Limited
Smee and Ford Limited+
SWAT Group Limited+
SWAT Holdings Limited+
SWAT UK Limited+

The Matchett Group Limited+
The Training Consultants Limited+

Waterlow Information Services Limited
WCLTS**
Wilmington Compliance Week Inc.  
(incorporated and operates in the US)
Wilmington Finance Limited+
Wilmington FRA Inc. (incorporated and operates in the US)

Wilmington Group Limited
Wilmington Healthcare Limited+

2623737
4110814
2096887
1964639
9572812
6276353
3041771

1221570
5922993

WCH
WCH
WCH
WCH
WCH
WCH
WCH

WCH
WCH

2779805
WCH
SC263368 WCH
ORA
n/a

4461497
n/a

WCH
ORA

2942046 WCH
WCH
2530185

Wilmington Holdings No 1 Limited*
Wilmington Holdings US Inc. (incorporated and operates in the US) n/a
n/a 
Wilmington Inese SL (incorporated and operates in Spain)

8313253

Wilmington Insight Limited+
Wilmington Legal Limited+
Wilmington Millennium Limited+
Wilmington plc Employee Share Ownership Trust

2691102
2522603
8069752
n/a

WCH
ORA
AGP

WCH
WCH
WCH
WCH

Wilmington Publishing & Information Limited

3368442

WCH

Wilmington Risk & Compliance Limited

Wilmington Shared Services Limited

2787083

8314442

WCH

WCH

Training courses in international 
compliance and money laundering
Training courses in international 
compliance and money laundering
Provider of specialist and 
accredited online education 
for the healthcare industry
Witness and post-qualification 
legal training
Training and support services 
to the accountancy profession
Training and support services 
to the accountancy profession
Training and support services 
to the accountancy profession
Provision of business intelligence, 
data analysis, workflow tools and other 
services to the healthcare industry
Dormant
Marketing support services for the 
accountancy profession
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Provision of legacy information
Holding company
Holding company
Training and support services 
to the accountancy profession
Dormant
Providing accredited intelligence 
and investigative skills training
Dormant
Dormant
Provision of international compliance 
and regulatory information in the US
Holding company
Conference and networking provider 
of specialist events in healthcare 
and finance
Dormant
Provision of reference information 
to the healthcare industry
Holding company
Holding company
Provision of Spanish language 
subscription based publications
Holding company
Holding company
Provision of legacy information
Trust

Provision of information and events 
for professional markets
Dormant

Provision of shared services

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100
100

100
100
100
100
100
100
100

100
100

100
100
100

100
100

100
100

100
100
100

100
100
100
n/a

100

100

100

On 29 March 2019 the Group purchased the remaining 8.75% shareholding in Wilmington Millennium Limited for £223,514 making it a wholly 
owned subsidiary. The Wilmington plc Employee Share Option Trust is controlled by Wilmington plc.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

97

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements15. Investments in subsidiaries continued
The registered company addresses for each subsidiary undertaking are abbreviated as shown below.

Registered address

Avda.del General Peron, 27 – 10 Plta, Madrid

Calle Alcalá 87, 3º Izda, Madrid, 28009

33 Avenue de la Republique, 75011 Paris

The Capel Building, Mary’s Abbey, Dublin 7, Ireland

Cloughoge Business Park, Newry, Countydown, Northern Ireland

Level 3, Gate Village, Building 2, Dubai International Financial Centre, PO Box 506745, Dubai

Grev Magnigatan 5, 11455 Stockholm

Haleson Building, 1 Jubilee Street, Central Hong Kong

1209 Orange Street, Delaware 19801

146 Robinson Road, #08-01, Singapore 068909

Tontine House, 8 Gordon Street, Glasgow, Scotland G1 3PL

Unit 30-01, Vertical Business Suite, Bangsar South, No.8, Jalan Kerinchi, 59200, Kuala Lumpur

10 Whitechapel High Street, London E1 8QS

122 W, 34th Street, 18th Floor, Manhattan, New York, NY 10120

333 West North Avenue, Suite 373, Chicago

16. Trade and other receivables

Current
Trade receivables 

Prepayments and other receivables 

Amounts due from subsidiaries

Group

Company

30 June 
2019 
£’000

23,058

6,054

—

29,112

30 June 
2018 
£’000

22,869

5,364

—

28,233

 30 June 
2019
£’000

—

139

80,851

80,990

Abbreviation

AGP

ALC

AVE

CAP

CLO

GAT

GRV

HAL

ORA

ROB

TON

VER

WCH

WES

WNA

 30 June 
2018
£’000

—

149

91,578

91,727

Amounts due from all subsidiaries are interest free, unsecured and repayable on demand.

17. Derivative financial investments

Non-current assets
Interest rate swaps – maturing in November 2020

Non-current liabilities
Interest rate swaps – maturing in November 2020

Details of these derivative financial assets and liabilities are set out in note 20.

Group and Company

30 June 
2019 
£’000

30 June 
2018 
£’000

23

113

(226)

(356)

98

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements18. Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables

Subscriptions and deferred revenue

Amounts due to subsidiaries 

Group

Company

30 June 
2019 
£’000

26,374

30,794

—

57,168

30 June 2018 
Restated
£’000

26,368

28,384

—

54,752

30 June 
2019
£’000

1,447

—

29,073

30,520

30 June 
2018
£’000

716

—

36,144

36,860

On the 24 April 2019 Wilmington plc entered a loan agreement with APM International SAS, initially repayable on 30 June 2019. Subsequently, 
the repayment date was extended to 30 June 2020. At 30 June 2019 the value of the loan is £1,789,549. All other amounts due to subsidiaries are 
interest free, unsecured and repayable on demand.

19. Borrowings

Current liability
Bank overdrafts 

Non-current liability
Bank loans 

Capitalised loan arrangement fees

Bank loans net of loan arrangement fees

Group

Company

30 June 
2019
 £’000

30 June 
2018
 £’000

—

—

41,790

—

41,790

—

—

50,665

(285)

50,380

30 June 
2019 
£’000

2,707

2,707

13,147

—

13,147

30 June 
2018 
£’000

1,992

1,992

16,122

(285)

15,837

At 30 June 2019 the Group was in an overall net credit position in respect of its bank balances and overdrafts. This position comprised the net of 
gross overdraft balances of £3.8m (2018: £9.0m) and cash positions of £4.9m (2018: £10.1m) held at Barclays Bank PLC in certain UK companies 
included in the offsetting agreement. 

20. Financial instruments and risk management
The Group’s financial instruments arise from its operations (for example, trade receivables and trade payables), from the financing of its operations 
(for example, loans and borrowings and equity) and from its risk management activities (for example, interest rate swaps and forward currency 
contracts). The risks to which the Group is exposed include interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, liquidity and capital risk, and credit risk.

Interest rate risk
Risk
The Group financing arrangements include external debt that is subject to a variable interest rate. The Group is consequently exposed to cash 
flow volatility arising from fluctuations in market interest rates applicable to that external finance. In particular, interest is charged on the £42m 
(30 June 2018: £51m) amount drawn down on the revolving credit facility at a rate of LIBOR plus a margin of between 1.50 and 2.25% depending 
upon leverage. Cash flow volatility therefore arises from movements in the LIBOR interest rates. Any undrawn amounts are charged a commitment 
fee at a rate of 40% of the applicable margin (2018: 40% of the applicable margin). 

Group policy for interest rate risk management
The Group policy for interest rate risk management is to enter into interest rate swap contracts to maintain the ratio of fixed to variable rate debt at 
a level that achieves a reasonable cost of debt whilst reducing the exposure to cash flow volatility arising from fluctuations in market interest rates. 

This is achieved by borrowing at a floating rate and using interest rate swaps as hedges of the variability in cash flows attributable to movements 
in interest rates. The Group applies a hedge ratio of 1:1.

The  Group  determines  the  existence  of  an  economic  relationship  between  the  hedging  instrument  and  hedged  item  based  on  the  reference 
interest rates, tenors, repricing dates and maturities and the notional or par amounts.

The Group assesses whether the derivative designated in each hedging relationship is expected to be effective in offsetting changes in cash flows 
of the hedged item using the hypothetical derivative method.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

99

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements20. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Interest rate risk continued
Group policy for interest rate risk management continued
The Group’s interest rate swap contracts offset part of its variable interest payments and replace them with fixed payments. In particular, the Group 
has hedged its exposure to the LIBOR part of the interest rate for a £21m (2018: £21m) portion of the loan facility via an interest rate swap, as follows:

•  A $7.5m interest rate swap commencing on 13 July 2015 and ending on 1 July 2020, whereby the Group receives interest on $7.5m based on 

the USD LIBOR rate and pays interest on $7.5m at a fixed rate of 1.79%.

•  A £15.0m interest rate swap commencing on 22 November 2016 and ending on 1 July 2020, whereby the Group receives interest on £15m 

based on LIBOR rate and pays interest on £15m at a fixed rate of 2.00%.

These derivatives have been designated as a cash flow hedge for accounting purposes. The net settlement of interest on the interest rate swap, 
which comprises a variable rate interest receipt and a fixed rate interest payment, is recorded in finance costs in the income statement and so is 
matched against the corresponding variable rate interest payment on the revolving credit facility. The derivatives are re-measured at fair value at 
each reporting date. This gives rise to a gain or loss, the entire amount of which is recognised in Other Comprehensive Income (‘OCI’) following the 
Directors’ assessment of hedge effectiveness.

The interest rate profile of the Group’s interest-bearing financial instruments as reported to the management of the Group is as follows:

Financial liabilities

Effects of interest rate swaps

Nominal amount

30 June 
2019 
£’000

41,790

(20,892)

20,898

30 June 
2018 
£’000

47,664

(20,680)

26,984

The amounts related to items designated as hedging instruments were as follows:

At 30 June 2019

Interest rate swaps

Interest rate swaps

Carrying amount

Nominal amount
£’000

Asset
£’000

Liability
£’000

Line item in the financial statements 
where the hedging instrument is included 

5,892

15,000

20,892

23

—

23

—

(226)

(226)

Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments

The amounts related to items designated as hedged instruments were as follows:

At 30 June 2018

Interest rate swaps

Interest rate swaps

Carrying amount

Nominal amount
£’000

Asset
£’000

Liability
£’000

Line item in the financial statements
where the hedging instrument is included 

5,680

15,000

20,680

113

—

113

—

(356)

(356)

Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments

During the period ended 30 June 2019

Change in
value used for
calculating hedge
ineffectiveness
£’000

Change in value
of hedging
instrument
recognised in OCI
£’000

Hedge
ineffectiveness
recognised in
profit or loss
£’000

Line item in
profit or loss that
includes hedge
ineffectiveness

Amount
reclassified from
hedging reserve
to profit or loss
£’000

Line item
affected in
profit or loss
because of the
reclassification

—

(32)

—

n/a

—

n/a

During the period ended 30 June 2018

Change in
value used for
calculating hedge
ineffectiveness
£’000

Change in value
of hedging
instrument
recognised in OCI
£’000

Hedge
ineffectiveness
recognised in
profit or loss
£’000

Line item in
profit or loss that
includes hedge
ineffectiveness

Amount
reclassified from
hedging reserve
to profit or loss
£’000

Line item
affected in
profit or loss
because of the
reclassification

—

(399)

—

n/a

—

n/a

100

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements20. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Interest rate risk continued
Sensitivity analysis
The Group has performed a sensitivity analysis that measures the estimated charge to the Income Statement and Other Comprehensive Income 
arising from a 100 basis points (‘bps’) increase in market interest rates applicable at 30 June 2019, with all other variables remaining constant. 
The sensitivity analysis makes the following assumptions:

•  Changes in market interest rates only affect interest income or expense of variable financial instruments;

•  Changes in market interest rates only affect interest income or expense in relation to financial instruments with fixed interest rates if they are 

recognised at fair value; and

•  Changes in market interest rates do not affect the fair value of derivative financial instruments designated as hedging instruments and all 

interest rate hedges are expected to be highly effective.

Variable rate debt

Interest rate swap

Income 
Statement
100 bps 
increase
£’000

(288)

—

(288)

OCI
 100 bps 
increase
£’000

—

208

208

Foreign currency risk
Risk
The currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates is Sterling, and this is also the currency in which the Group 
presents its financial statements. However, the Group has significant Euro and US Dollar linked cash flows arising from international trading 
and overseas operations. The Group is consequently exposed to cash flow volatility arising from fluctuations in the applicable exchange rates 
for converting Euros and US Dollars to Sterling.

Group policy
The Group policy is to fix the exchange rate in relation to a periodically reassessed set percentage of expected Euro and US Dollar net cash inflows 
arising from international trading, by entering into foreign currency contracts to sell a specified amount of Euros or US Dollars on a specified future 
date at a specified exchange rate. This set percentage is approved by the Board as part of the budgeting process and upon the acquisition of 
foreign operations.

The Group policy is to finance investment in overseas operations from borrowings in the local currency of the relevant operation, so as to 
achieve a natural hedge of the foreign currency translation risk. This natural hedge is designated as a net investment hedge for accounting 
purposes. Debt of $11.0m (2018: $19.2m) has been designated as a net investment hedge relating to the Group’s interest in Compliance Week, 
FRA. The reduction in the year was due to the external debt being paid down through profits generated by the businesses. A further €2.4m 
(2018: €2.4m) has been designated as a net investment hedge relating to the Group’s interest in Interactive Medica. 

Risk management arrangements
The following forward contracts were entered into in order to provide certainty in Sterling terms of 80% of the Group’s expected net US Dollar and 
Euro income:

•  On 2 July 2018, the Group sold $3.0m to 19 October 2018 at a rate of 1.3192.

•  On 2 July 2018, the Group sold €1.0m to 16 November 2018 at a rate of 1.1242.

•  On 2 July 2018, the Group sold €1.0m to 18 January 2019 at a rate of 1.1222.

•  On 2 July 2018, the Group sold $5.0m to 15 March 2019 at a rate of 1.3292.

•  On 2 July 2018, the Group sold €1.0m to 18 April 2019 at a rate of 1.1190.

•  On 2 July 2018, the Group sold $5.0m to 17 May 2019 at a rate of 1.3336.

The above derivatives are re-measured at fair value at each reporting date. This gives rise to a gain or loss, the entire amount of which is 
recognised in the income statement.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

101

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements20. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Foreign currency risk continued
Risk management arrangements continued
The Group has performed a sensitivity analysis that measures the estimated credit/(charge) to the Income Statement and Other Comprehensive 
Income arising from a 10% difference in the US Dollar to Sterling and Euro to Sterling exchange rates applicable at 30 June 2019, with all other 
variables remaining constant. The sensitivity analysis makes the assumption that changes in foreign currency rates only affect income, expense, 
assets and liabilities that are denominated in the relevant currencies.

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables (including the effect of forward currency contracts)

Currency translation differences

Net investment hedges

Profit before tax arising overseas

Income Statement

OCI

+10%* 
£’000 

(173)

(26)

—

—

(625)

(824)

-10%* 
£’000 

211

31 

—

—

764

1,006

+10%* 
£’000 

—

—

(275)

981

—

706

-10%* 
£’000 

—

—

336

(1,199)

—

(863)

* 

+10% represents Sterling value appreciating compared with other currencies. -10% represents Sterling value depreciating compared with other currencies.

Liquidity and capital risk
Risk
The Group has historically expanded its operations both organically and via acquisition, financed partly by retained profits but also via external finance. 
As well as financing cash outflows, the Group’s activities give rise to working capital obligations and other operational cash outflows. The Group 
is consequently exposed to the risk that it cannot meet its obligations as they fall due, or can only meet them at an uneconomic price.

Group policy
The Group policy is to preserve a strong capital base in order to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to safeguard the future 
development of the business, but also to balance these objectives with the efficient use of capital by using medium and short-term debt. 
The Group has, in previous years, made purchases of its own shares whilst taking into account the availability of credit.

Risk management arrangements
The Group ensures its liquidity is maintained by entering into short, medium and long-term financial instruments to support operational and other 
funding requirements. The Group determines its liquidity requirements by the use of short and long-term cash forecasts.

On 3 July 2019 Wilmington plc extended its revolving credit facility through to 3 July 2023 (with the option to extend for a further year). The terms 
of the old and extended facility are included below:

Old facility that expired on 3 July 2019
The Group had a £65m revolving credit facility with Barclays Bank PLC, HSBC Bank plc and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc from 1 July 2015. 
The facility comprised of a revolving credit facility of £60m and an overdraft facility across the Group of £5m. In addition, the extended facility 
also provides for an accordion option whereby the unsecured committed bank facility may be increased by up to £35m to a total commitment 
of £100m if required subject to majority lending bank consent. On 17 January 2017 £20m of the accordion facility was triggered, increasing the 
total unsecured bank facility to £85m. This extension was made to fund the acquisition of HSJ. The extended facility comprised of a revolving 
credit facility of £80.0m and an overdraft facility across the Group of £5.0m. On 24 November 2017 the revolving credit facility was reduced by 
£10.0m to £75.0m, to decrease the non-utilised portion and the associated non-utilisation fee. 

Extended facility that is effective from 3 July 2019 and expires on 3 July 2023 (with an option to extend for a further year)
The Group has a £65m revolving credit facility with Barclays Bank PLC, The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland and The Royal Bank 
of Scotland plc from 3 July 2019. The facility comprised of a revolving credit facility of £60m and an overdraft facility across the Group of £5m. 
In addition, the extended facility also provides for an accordion option whereby the unsecured committed bank facility may be increased if required 
subject to majority lending bank consent. Interest is charged on the amount drawn down at between 1.50 and 2.25 (the ‘Margin’) per cent above 
LIBOR depending upon leverage, and drawdowns are made for periods of up to six months in duration. Interest is charged on the drawn element 
of the overdraft facility at 1.50% and 2.25% above the Barclays bank base rate depending upon leverage. The Group also pays a fee of 40% of the 
applicable Margin on the undrawn element of the credit facility and the undrawn overdraft.

The Group had available an undrawn revolving credit facility as follows:

Expiring within one year 

Expiring after more than one year

102

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

30 June 
2019 
£’000

—

28,210

30 June 
2018 
£’000

—

19,335

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements20. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Liquidity and capital risk continued
Risk management arrangements continued
Extended facility that is effective from 3 July 2019 and expires on 3 July 2023 (with an option to extend for a further year) continued
The following tables provide a maturity analysis of the remaining contractually agreed cash flows for the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities 
on an undiscounted basis, which therefore differ from the carrying value and fair value:

Group

At 30 June 2019

Bank overdrafts 

Bank loans including interest 

Trade payables and accruals 

At 30 June 2018

Bank overdrafts 

Bank loans including interest 

Trade payables and accruals 

Provisions for future purchase of non-controlling interests 

Company

At 30 June 2019

Bank overdrafts 

Bank loans including interest 

Trade payables, accruals and amounts 
due to subsidiary undertakings

At 30 June 2018

Bank overdrafts 

Bank loans including interest

Trade payables, accruals and amounts 
due to subsidiary undertakings

Within
1 year 
£’000

36

432

26,662

27,130

Within
1 year
£’000

36

504

27,026

—

27,566

Within
1 year 
£’000

2,743

432

30,520

33,695

Within 1 
year 
£’000

2,028

504

36,860

39,392

1–2 years
£’000

36

432

—

468

1–2 years
£’000

36

50,884

—

—

50,920

2–5 years
£’000

72

42,654

—

42,726

2–5 years
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

More than 
5 years 
£’000

—

—

—

—

More than 
5 years 
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

1–2 years 
£’000

2–5 years 
£’000

More than 
5 years 
£’000

36

432

—

468

1–2 years 
£’000

36

16,626

—

16,662

72

14,011

—

14,083

2–5 years 
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

More than 
5 years 
£’000

—

—

—

—

Total 
£’000

144

43,518

26,662

70,324

Total 
£’000

72

51,388

27,026

—

78,486

Total 
£’000

2,851

14,875

30,520

48,246

Total 
£’000

2,064

17,130

36,860

56,054

The Company has entered into an unlimited cross guarantee with the Group’s credit facility providers.

Credit risk
Risk
The Group’s principal financial assets are receivables and bank balances. The Group is consequently exposed to the risk that its customers 
or the banks cannot meet their obligations as they fall due.

Group policy
The Group policy is to assess the creditworthiness and financial strength of customers at inception and on an ongoing basis. The Group also 
reviews the credit rating of its banks. Cash is held in banks with a credit rating between AA and A- per Fitch at 18 September 2019, with the 
exception of £0.2m which is held in Allied Irish with a rating of BBB-.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

103

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements20. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Credit risk continued
Risk management arrangements
The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables. However, the Group has no significant exposure to credit risk because 
its trading is spread over a large number of customers. The payment terms offered to customers take into account the assessment of their 
creditworthiness and financial strength, and they are set in accordance with industry standards. The creditworthiness of customers is considered 
before trading commences. Most of the Group’s customers are large and well-established institutions that pay on time and in accordance with 
the Group’s standard terms of business. 

The amounts presented in the balance sheet are net of the expected credit loss allowance. The Group applies a simplified approach to measure 
the expected credit loss allowance for trade receivables classified at amortised cost, using the twelve month expected loss provision. 

The expected credit loss on trade receivables is estimated using a provision matrix by reference to past default experience and credit rating, 
adjusted as appropriate for current observable data. 

The following table details the risk profile of trade receivables based on the Group’s provision matrix.

At 30 June 2019

Gross carrying amount
Expected credit loss rate

Expected credit loss

Net carrying amount

Not due 
£’000

14,922

0.03%
(5)

14,917

 0–30 days
£’000

30–60 days
£’000 

61-90 days
£’000

91–120 days 
£’000

120+ days 
£’000

2,682

0.3%
(9)

2,673

1,836

1.7%
(32)

1,804

1,140

6.2%
(71)

1,069

695

12.5%
(87)

608

Set out below is the movement for the year in the allowance for bad and doubtful debts relating to trade receivables.

Allowances at 1 July 2018

Additions charged to income statement 

Allowances used

Allowances reversed 

Allowances at 30 June 2019

Total 
£’000

23,510

—
(507)

23,003

30 June 
2018 
£’000 

522

537

(140)

(150)

769

2,235

13.6%
(303)

1,932

30 June 
2019 
£’000 

769

117

(234)

(145)

507

Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities
The table below sets out the accounting classification and the carrying and fair values of all of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities. 
The carrying value and fair value are equal in all cases. None of the financial instruments have been reclassified during the year. All items classified 
as fair value through profit and loss are held for trading.

Group

At 30 June 2019

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables

Bank loans

Interest rate swaps 

Fair value
through
income or
 expense

Fair value – 
hedging
 instrument 
£’000

— 

— 

— 

(1,550)

—

— 

(1,550) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(203)

(203) 

Amortised
cost
 £’000

7,921

28,914

36,835

Total 
£’000

7,921

28,914

36,835

(26,350)

(41,790)

— 

(27,900)

(41,790)

(203)

(68,140) 

(69,893)

104

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements20. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Credit risk continued
Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities continued
Group continued

At 30 June 2018

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables

Bank loans

Interest rate swaps 

Company

At 30 June 2019

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans

Interest rate swaps 

At 30 June 2018

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables

Forward currency contracts

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans

Interest rate swaps 

Fair value
through
income or
 expense

Fair value – 
hedging
 instrument 
£’000

— 

— 

—

(2,606)

—

— 

(2,606) 

— 

— 

—

—

—

(243)

(243)

Fair value
through
income or
 expense

Fair value – 
hedging
 instrument 
£’000

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Fair value
through
income or
 expense

— 

— 

— 

—

— 

— 

— 

— 

—

— 

— 

—

—

—

—

(203)

(203)

Fair value – 
hedging
 instrument 
£’000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(243)

(243)

Amortised
cost
 £’000

10,789

26,262

37,051

(27,293)

(50,665)

—

(77,958)

Amortised
cost
 £’000

787

80,926

81,713

Total
£’000

10,789

26,262

37,051

(29,899)

(50,665)

(243)

(80,807)

Total 
£’000

787 

80,926

81,713

(30,520)

(30,520)

(2,707)

(13,147)

— 

(2,707)

(13,147)

(203)

(46,374) 

(46,577)

Amortised
cost
 £’000

265

91,727

—

91,992

(36,860)

(1,992)

(15,837)

—

(54,689)

Total
£’000

265

91,727

—

91,992

(36,860)

(1,992)

(15,837)

(243)

(54,932)

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

105

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements20. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Credit risk continued
Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities continued
Fair value measurement
The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair values of financial assets and liabilities are as follows:

• 

• 

• 

the carrying amount of trade receivables and payables approximates to fair value due to the short maturity of the amounts receivable 
and payable;

the fair value of the Group’s borrowings are estimated on the basis of the discounted value of future cash flows using approximate discount 
rates in effect at the balance sheet date; and

the fair value of the Group’s outstanding interest rate swaps, foreign exchange contracts and put options for non-controlling interest are 
estimated using discounted cash flow models and market rates of interest and foreign exchange at the balance sheet date. 

The table below analyses financial instruments measured at fair value via a valuation method. The different levels have been defined as:

Level 1
Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2
Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly 
(that is, derived from prices).

Level 3
Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs).

Group and Company

At 30 June 2019

Liabilities
Financial liabilities at fair value through income or expense

– Trading derivatives at fair value through the income statement 

– Deferred consideration payable

Financial liabilities at fair value through equity

– Derivative financial instruments designated for hedging 

Total liabilities 

At 30 June 2018

Liabilities
Financial liabilities at fair value through income or expense:

– Trading derivatives at fair value through the income statement 

– Deferred consideration payable

Financial liabilities at fair value through equity:

– Derivative financial instruments designated for hedging 

Total liabilities 

Level 1 
£’000 

Level 2 
£’000 

Level 3 
£’000

Total 
£’000

— 

— 

—

—

Level 1 
£’000 

— 

— 

—

—

—

—

(203)

(203)

Level 2 
£’000 

—

—

(243)

(243)

— 

(1,550)

—

(1,550)

Level 3 
£’000

— 

(2,606)

—

(2,606)

— 

(1,550)

(203)

(1,753)

Total 
£’000

— 

(2,606)

(243)

(2,849)

The deferred consideration payable of £1.5m (2018: £2.6m) relates to the acquisitions of Evantage Consulting Limited, Interactive Media Limited, 
and The Training Consultants Limited. The fair value of the variable portion of deferred consideration is estimated by measuring performance against 
contractually agreed EBITDA targets over contractually agreed measurement periods. The Group does not expect the consideration payable to 
change materially from that which is recorded in these financial statements.

106

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements20. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Market risk
A foreign currency exposure arises from the Group’s net investment in two of its USA subsidiaries (Wilmington Compliance Week Inc and Wilmington 
FRA Inc) that have a US Dollar functional currency. The risk arises from the fluctuation in spot exchange rates between Sterling and the US Dollar, 
which causes the value of the net investment to vary.

The hedged risk in the net investment hedge is the risk of a weakening of the US Dollar against Sterling that will result in a reduction in the carrying 
amount of the Group’s net investment in the USA subsidiaries.

Part of the Group’s net investment in its USA subsidiaries is hedged by US Dollar denominated secured bank loans of $11.0m at 30 June 2019 
(30 June 2018: $19.2m), which mitigates the foreign currency risk arising from the subsidiary’s net assets. The loan is designated as a hedging 
instrument for the changes in the value of the net investment that is attributable to changes in the GBP/USD spot rate.

A foreign currency exposure also arises from the Group’s net investment in its investment in Interactive Medica SL that has a Euro functional currency. 
The risk arises from the fluctuation in spot exchange rates between Sterling and the Euro, which causes the value of the net investment to vary.

The hedged risk in the net investment hedge is the risk of a weakening Euro against Sterling that will result in a reduction in the carrying amount 
of the Group’s net investment in Interactive Medica SL.

Part of the Group’s net investment in its Interactive Medica SL is hedged by a Euro denominated secured bank loan of €2.4m at 30 June 2019 
(30 June 2018: €2.4m), which mitigates the foreign currency risk arising from the subsidiary’s net assets. The loan is designated as a hedging 
instrument for the changes in the value of the net investment that is attributable to changes in the GBP/Euro spot rate.

To assess hedge effectiveness, the Group determines the economic relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item by comparing 
changes in the carrying amount of the debt that is attributable to a change in the spot rate with changes in the investment in the foreign operation 
due to movements in the spot rate (the offset method). The Group’s policy is to hedge the net investment only to the extent of the debt principal.

The amounts related to items designated as hedging instruments were as follows:

At 30 June 2019

US Dollar loans

Euro loans

Nominal amount
£’000

8,642

2,147

10,789

The amounts related to items designated as hedged instruments were as follows:

Carrying amount

Asset
£’000

—

—

—

Liability
£’000

8,642

2,147

10,789

Carrying amount

At 30 June 2018

US Dollar loans

Euro loans

Nominal amount
£’000

14,542

2,122

16,664

Asset
£’000

—

—

—

Liability
£’000

14,542

2,122

16,664

Line item in 
the financial 
statements where 
the hedging 
instrument 
is included

Borrowings

Borrowings

Line item in 
the financial 
statements where 
the hedging 
instrument 
is included

Borrowings

Borrowings

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

107

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements20. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Market risk continued

During the period ended 30 June 2019

Change in
value used for
calculating hedge
ineffectiveness
£’000

Change in value
of hedging
instrument
recognised in OCI
£’000

Hedge
ineffectiveness
recognised in
profit or loss
£’000

Line item in
profit or loss that
includes hedge
ineffectiveness

Amount
reclassified from
hedging reserve
to profit or loss
£’000

Line item
affected in
profit or loss
because of the
reclassification

—

424

—

n/a

—

n/a

During the period ended 30 June 2019

Foreign currency
translation
reserve
£’000

Balances remaining in the
foreign currency translation
reserve from hedging
relationships for which hedge
accounting is no longer applied
£’000

(1,884)

(742)

During the period ended 30 June 2018

Change in
value used for
calculating hedge
ineffectiveness
£’000

Change in value
of hedging
instrument
recognised in OCI
£’000

Hedge
ineffectiveness
recognised in
profit or loss
£’000

Line item in
profit or loss that
includes hedge
ineffectiveness

Amount
reclassified from
hedging reserve
to profit or loss
£’000

Line item
affected in
profit or loss
because of the
reclassification

—

(177)

—

n/a

—

n/a

During the period ended 30 June 2018

Foreign currency
translation
reserve
£’000

(1,460)

Balances remaining in the
foreign currency translation
reserve from hedging
relationships for which hedge
accounting is no longer applied
£’000

226

108

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements21. Deferred tax
Movements on deferred tax assets are as follows:

Share based 
payments
£’000

Fair value interest 
rate swap
£’000

US deferred 
consideration
£’000

Group

Asset at 30 June 2017 Restated
Deferred tax credit/(charge) in the 
income statement for the year

Deferred tax charge in other 
comprehensive income for the year 

Deferred tax charge included directly 
in equity for the year

Effect on deferred tax of change 
in corporation tax rate

Exchange translation difference

Asset at 30 June 2018 Restated
Deferred tax (charge)/credit in the 
income statement for the year

Deferred tax charge in other 
comprehensive income for the year 

Deferred tax charge included directly 
in equity for the year

Exchange translation difference

Asset at 30 June 2019

154

41

—

(11)

(6)

—

178

(51)

—

(1)

—

126

131

—

(80)

—

(5)

—

46

—

(8)

—

—

38

Tax 
losses
£’000

160

(95)

—

—

(32)

—

33

99

—

—

—

375

(23)

—

—

(77)

(74)

201

(23)

—

—

81

Other
£’000

375

143

—

—

—

—

518

(518)

—

—

—

—

Total
£’000

1,195

66

(80)

(11)

(120)

(74)

976

(493)

(8)

(1)

81

555

259

132

A deferred tax charge of £518,000 is included in the income statement relating to the prior year IFRS 15 adjustment (note 29). It is anticipated that 
the Group and Company will make sufficient taxable profit to allow the benefit of the deferred tax asset to be utilised.

Company

Asset at 30 June 2017

Deferred tax credit in the income statement for the year

Deferred tax charge in other comprehensive income for the year 

Deferred tax charge included directly in equity for the year

Effect on deferred tax of change in corporation tax rate

Asset at 30 June 2018 Restated

Deferred tax charge in the income statement for the year

Deferred tax charge in other comprehensive income for the year 

Deferred tax charge included directly in equity for the year

Asset at 30 June 2019

Share based 
payments
£’000

Fair value interest 
rate swap
£’000

154

41

—

(11)

(6)

178

(51)

—

(1)

126

131

—

(80)

—

(5)

46

—

(8)

—

38

Total
£’000

285

41

(80)

(11)

(11)

224

(51)

(8)

(1)

164

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

109

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements21. Deferred tax continued 
Movements on deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

Non-current liabilities
Liability at 30 June 2017

Deferred tax credit in the income statement for the year

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Effect on deferred tax of change in corporation tax rate 

Exchange translation difference

Liability at 30 June 2018

Deferred tax credit in the income statement for the year

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Exchange translation difference

Liability at 30 June 2019

Group 
£’000

 Company 
£’000

4,585

(921)

(503)

(79)

5

3,087

(478)

14

10

2,633

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

The deferred tax liability arises as a result of accelerated tax on amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software and on the 
depreciation of property plant and equipment.

22. Share capital

Issued and fully paid ordinary shares
At 30 June 2017

Shares issued

At 30 June 2018

Shares issued

At 30 June 2019

Number of ordinary
shares of 5p each

Ordinary shares
 £’000

Share premium
account
£’000

 Treasury shares 
£’000

Total 
£’000

87,247,974

166,099

87,414,073

125,494

4,362

9

4,371

6

45,225

—

45,225

—

(96)

—

(96)

—

49,491

9

49,500

6

87,539,567

4,377

45,225

(96)

49,506

On 19 September 2018, 125,494 ordinary shares were issued in respect of the vesting of the 2015 PSP Share Awards to employees (including Directors).

At 30 June 2019, 46,584 shares (2018: 46,584) were held in treasury, which represents 0.1% (2018: 0.1%) of the share capital of the Company.

23. Share based payments
The Group’s share based payment arrangements are as follows:

a) Performance Share Plan (PSP) Awards, applying to Executives.

b) Performance Share Plan (PSP) Awards, applying to the Senior Leadership Team. 

c) Company Share Option Plan (‘CSOP’) Options, applying to the Senior Leadership Team.

d) An employee Save As You Earn (‘SAYE’) scheme, for UK based employees.

An expense of £212,000 (2018: £641,000) was recognised in the Income Statement of the Group for share based payments. Of this expense 
£212,000 (2018: £641,000) was recognised in the parent company Income Statement.

During the year ended 30 June 2019, the following events have occurred in respect of each scheme.

110

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements23. Share based payments continued
a) PSP awards, applying to Executives
Details of Directors’ share awards are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. In addition to the Directors a limited number of the Senior 
Management team are also granted share awards.

Under the Wilmington plc 2007 and 2017 Performance Share Plans:

Year of grant

2015

2016

2017

2018

Exercise 
price per
award

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Date of vesting 

Sep 2018

Sep 2019

Sep 2020

Sep 2021

Number of shares
for which awards
outstanding at
 1 July 2018

149,752

207,578

280,677

Awards granted 
during year 

Awards vested
during year

 Awards lapsed 
during year

—

—

—

(125,494)

—

—

—

(24,258)

(37,412)

(139,352)

(345,789)

—

523,489

 Number of
shares for
which awards
outstanding at 
30 June 2019

—

170,166

141,325

177,700

125,494 awards vested on 19 September 2018 at a share price of £1.83. The fair value of the awards granted during the year was £1.56 per award.

The performance conditions of the awards granted since 2015 are based on the proportions shown below:

•  33.3% total shareholder return (TSR)

•  33.3% earnings per share (EPS)

•  33.3% return on equity (ROE)

These awards were valued using the Black Scholes and Stochastic methods with the following assumptions:

•  Expected volatility (%): 24.31

•  Expected life (years): 3

•  Expected dividends (%): Nil

Expected volatility was determined by reference to the historical volatility of the Group’s share price. The expected life used in the model is the 
mid-point of the exercise period.

b) PSP awards, applying to the Senior Leadership Team
Under the Wilmington plc 2017 Performance Share Plan: 

Year of grant

2018

Exercise 
price per
award

Date of vesting 

Number of shares
for which awards
outstanding at
 1 July 2018

Awards granted 
during year 

Awards vested
during year

 Awards lapsed 
during year

 Number of
shares for
which awards
outstanding at 
30 June 2019

Nil

Sep 2021

—

223,690

—

(17,845)

205,845

The fair value of the awards granted during the year was £1.58 per award.

The performance conditions of the awards granted are based on the proportions shown below.

• 

100% earnings per share (EPS)

These awards were valued using the Black Scholes method with the following assumptions:

•  Expected life (years): 3

•  Expected dividends (%): 4.83

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

111

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements23. Share based payments continued
c) CSOP Options
On 28 September 2018 the Company awarded share options to selected key management under a CSOP. This is a discretionary scheme 
consisting of an HMRC approved schedule and an unapproved schedule which enables a company to grant share options to selected employees 
over shares with a maximum cumulative value per individual of £30,000 at the date of the grant. The exercise price of the granted options is equal 
to the market price of the shares on the date of the grant. Options are conditional on the employee completing three years’ service (the vesting 
period) so act as a lock-in incentive; the options have a contractual option term of ten years. The options are exercisable starting three years from 
the grant date, subject to the Group achieving its target growth in earnings per share over the period of inflation plus 3%. The Group has no legal 
or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle the options in cash.

Movements in the number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise price are as follows:

Year of grant

2015

2016

2017

2018

Average
exercise price
per option
£

2.625

2.455

2.150

1.848

Number of shares
for which options
outstanding
1 July 2018

160,726

275,950

364,761

—

Date of vesting

Sep 2018

Sep 2019

Sep 2020

Sep 2021

Options granted
during year

Options exercised 
during year

 Options lapsed
during year

 Number of shares
for which options
outstanding at
30 June 2019

—

—

—

350,117

—

—

—

—

—

(19,337)

(39,369)

(26,768)

160,726

256,613

325,392

323,349

The fair value of the options granted during the year was £0.21 per option.

These awards were valued using the Black Scholes method with the following assumptions:

•  Expected volatility (%): 24.05

•  Expected life (years): 6.5

•  Expected dividends (%): 4.83

•  Expected volatility was determined by reference to the historical volatility of the Group’s share price. The expected life used in the model is the 

mid-point of the exercise period.

d) Save As You Earn Options
On 29 March 2019, Save As You Earn Options with a per share exercise price of £1.52 over 688,612 ordinary shares in Wilmington plc (the ‘Company’) 
were granted under the Wilmington SAYE Plan 2018 to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. 

The exercise price of £1.52 was calculated in accordance with the rules as set out in the SAYE Scheme. The SAYE Options will normally vest 
and become exercisable over a three year vesting period from the date of grant and can be exercised within six months following vesting. 

24. Non-controlling interests

At 30 June 2017

Profit for the year 

Dividends paid

Movements in non-controlling interest

At 30 June 2018

Profit for the year 

Dividends paid

Movements in non-controlling interest

At 30 June 2019

Net non-
controlling
interests
£’000

86

47

(62)

11

82

44

(34)

(92)

—

Movements in non-controlling interests relate to the purchase of the remaining 8.75% shareholding in Wilmington Millennium Limited for £223,514 
in March 2019.

112

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements25. Commitments
a) The Group had, in relation to property, plant and equipment, capital commitments contracted but not provided for at 30 June 2019 of £nil (2018: £nil).

b) Total future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Not later than one year 

Later than one year and not later than five years 

Later than five years 

Group

Company

30 June 
2019 
£’000 

3,015

9,350

5,014

17,379

30 June 
2018 
£’000 

2,486

8,152

6,779

17,417

30 June 
2019 
£’000

1,528

7,060

5,014

13,602

30 June 
2018 
£’000

1,062

6,823

6,779

14,664

26. Related party transactions
The Company and its wholly owned subsidiary undertakings offer certain Group-wide purchasing facilities to the Company’s other subsidiary 
undertakings whereby the actual costs are recharged. 

The Company has made recharges totalling £1,786,935 (2018: £1,358,120) to its fellow Group undertakings in respect of management services. 

Amounts due from and to subsidiary undertakings by the Company are set out in notes 16 and 18 respectively. 

During the year, the Company received dividends of £9,305,429 from subsidiaries (2018: £10,699,710). 

The former Chief Executive Officer, Pedro Ros, owns a minority shareholding in SMARP OY (a company incorporated in Finland), which provides 
ongoing social media services to the Group. During the year SMARP UK Limited, a subsidiary of SMARP OY invoiced £17,856 (2018: £17,856).

Close family members of key management personnel provided services for the Group during the year for lecturing, writing, production and exam 
marking services. The total invoiced for these services was £93,678 (2018: £95,333).

27. Staff and their pay and benefits
a) Employee costs (including Directors) were as follows:

Wages and salaries* 

Social security costs 

Other pension costs

Share based payments (including social security costs)

Year ended 
30 June 
2019 
£’000

45,647

4,720

1,181

212

51,760

Year ended 
30 June 
2018
£’000

43,790

4,548

1,035

641

50,014

* 

Excluded from wages and salaries are redundancy costs in the year of £438,000 (2018: £1,061,000).

b)  Remuneration of key management personnel that held office for part or all of the year (2019: 14 people; 2018: 14 people), which includes the 

Directors and other key management personnel, is shown in the table below:

Short-term employee benefits 

Compensation for loss of office

Post-employment benefits 

Share based payments 

Year ended 
30 June 
2019 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
£’000

3,338

412

69

156

3,975

2,997

113

67

527

3,704

More detailed information concerning Directors’ remuneration, shareholdings, pension entitlement, share options and other long-term incentive plans 
is shown in the audited part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 50 to 63, which forms part of the consolidated financial statements. 

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

113

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements27. Staff and their pay and benefits continued
c) The average monthly number of employees (including Directors) employed by the Group was as follows:

Cost of sales

Administration 

Total full time equivalents at 30 June 2019 were 860 (2018: 849).

d) Retirement benefits

Year ended
30 June
2019
Number

Year ended
30 June
2018
Number

555

406

961

539

441

980

The Group contributes to defined contribution pension schemes. Total contributions to the schemes during the year were £1,181,000 (2018: £1,035,000).

28. Cash generated from operations

Group

Company

Year ended 
30 June 
2019 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 2018 
Restated
£’000

Profit from continuing operations before income tax

Gain on sale of subsidiary

Adjusting items – excluding depreciation of property plant and equipment

Adjusting items – depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment included in operating expenses

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

Loss/(profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Share based payments (including social security costs)

Share of loss of equity accounted investment

Finance costs 

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital 
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables 

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables 

Cash generated from operations before adjusting items

14,712

(1,906)

1,443

—

1,359

6,526

—

36

212

50

2,103

24,535

(258)

2,162

26,439

2,275

—

4,141

432

917

7,734

8,561

(11)

641

—

1,969

26,659

160

(1,154)

25,665

Cash conversion is calculated as a percentage of cash generated by operations to Adjusted EBITA as follows:

Funds from operations before adjusting items:
Adjusted EBITA (note 2)

Share based payments (including social security costs)

Amortisation of intangible assets – computer software

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment included in operating expenses

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Operating cash flows before movement in working capital 
Net working capital movement 

Funds from operations before adjusting items 

Cash conversion 

114

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Year ended 
30 June 
2019 
£’000

5,754

—

636

—

—

—

—

—

212

—

1,089

7,691

12,817

(6,496)

14,012

Year ended 
30 June 
2018 
£’000

6,964

—

727

—

—

—

—

—

641

—

1,027

9,359

(3,534)

9,336

15,161

Year ended 
30 June 
2019 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 2018 
Restated
£’000

21,451

212

1,477

1,359

36

24,535

1,904

26,439

123%

23,810

641

1,302

917

(11)

26,659

(994)

25,665

108%

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements28. Cash generated from operations continued

Free cash flow:
Operating cash flows before movement in working capital

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Net working capital movement

Interest paid

Tax paid

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangible assets

Free cash flow

Year ended 
30 June 
2019 
£’000

Year ended 
30 June 2018 
Restated
£’000

24,535

112

1,904

(1,943)

(3,943)

(1,332)

(2,324)

17,009

26,659

55

(994)

(1,934)

(4,738)

(3,089)

(1,934)

14,025

29. Restatement on adoption of IFRS 15 
The results for the year ended 30 June 2018 have been restated following the adoption in 2018 of IFRS 15.

In the year ended 30 June 2018 the adjustment to revenue recognised under the new standard resulted in a decrease in revenue of £750,000, 
profit before tax of £750,000 and profit after tax of £607,000, with these adjustments affecting the Risk & Compliance and Professional divisions, 
with profit before tax adjustments of £711,000 and £39,000 respectively.

This adjustment resulted in a decrease in basic earnings per share from 0.25p to (0.45p), and a decrease in diluted earnings per share from 0.24p 
to (0.45p) for the year ended 30 June 2018.

Consolidated Balance Sheet at 30 June 2018

The Consolidated Balance Sheet at 30 June 2018 has been restated following the adoption in 2018 of IFRS 15.

Deferred revenue at the balance sheet date has increased by £3,638,000 due to changes in the revenue recognition for training courses provided 
by the Risk & Compliance and Professional divisions. 

The deferred tax asset of £458,000 has increased by £518,000 to £976,000 to reflect the cumulative tax adjustment to 30 June 2018.

Consolidated Balance Sheet at 30 June 2018

Non-current assets: deferred tax assets

Other non-current assets

Current assets: trade and other receivables

Other current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities: trade and other payables

Current liabilities: deferred revenue

Other current liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Accumulated losses

Previously 
reported
£’000

458

110,984

28,233

11,106

150,781

(26,368)
(24,746)

(2,042)

(55,109)

IFRS 15 
adjustment – 
 revenue 
recognition
£’000

518

—

—

—

518

—
(3,638)

—

—

Restated
£’000

976

110,984

28,233

11,106

151,299

(26,368)
(28,384)

(2,042)

(55,109)

(108,265)

(3,638)

(111,903)

42,516

(10,819)

(3,120)

(3,120)

39,396

(13,939)

The only changes to the Statement of Comprehensive Income and Expense and the Statement of Changes in Equity for the year ended 30 June 2018 
are to reflect the impact of the restatement of results for the year ended 30 June 2018.

The only changes to the Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended 30 June 2018 are to reflect the impact of the restatement of results for the 
year ended 30 June 2018 and the balance sheet at 30 June 2018. The adoption of IFRS 15 has not impacted the Group’s cash flows or cash balances.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

115

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial Statements29. Restatement on adoption of IFRS 15 continued
Consolidated balance sheet at 30 June 2017
The consolidated balance sheet at 30 June 2017 has been restated following the adoption in 2018 of IFRS 15.

Deferred  revenue  at  the  balance  sheet  date  has  increased  by  £2,888,000  due  to  changes  in  the  revenue  recognition  for  training  courses 
provided by the Risk & Compliance and Professional divisions. 

The deferred tax asset of £820,000 has increased by £375,000 to £1,195,000 to reflect the cumulative tax adjustment to 30 June 2017.

Consolidated Balance Sheet at 30 June 2017

Non-current assets: deferred tax assets

Other non-current assets

Current assets: trade and other receivables

Other current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities: trade and other payables

Current liabilities: deferred revenue

Other current liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Accumulated losses

Previously 
reported
£’000

820

122,383

28,444

10,687

162,334

(25,357)

(26,973)

(3,034)

(57,005)

IFRS 15 
adjustment 
– revenue 
recognition
£’000

375

—

—

—

375

—

(2,888)

—

—

Restated
£’000

1,195

122,383

28,444

10,687

162,709

(25,357)

(29,861)

(3,034)

(57,005)

(112,369)

(2,888)

(115,257)

49,965

(4,051)

(2,513)

(2,513)

47,452

(6,564)

30. Events after the reporting period
Forward contracts
On 3 July 2019 the following forward contracts were entered in order to provide certainty in Sterling terms of 80% of the Group’s expected net 
US Dollar and Euro income:

Currency

US Dollar

US Dollar

US Dollar

Euro

US Dollar

US Dollar

Euro

US Dollar

US Dollar

US Dollar

Euro

US Dollar

Amount 
millions

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

1.0

1.5

Maturity date

12 July 2019

27 September 2019

25 October 2019

27 November 2019

20 December 2019

31 January 2020

31 January 2020

28 February 2020

27 March 2020

24 April 2020

24 April 2020

29 May 2020

Foreign 
exchange rate

1.2579

1.2622

1.2637

1.1095

1.2663

1.2686

1.1067

1.2698

1.2708

1.2721

1.1033

1.2734

Extension of debt facilities
On 4 July 2019, the Company signed a revised revolving credit facility that extends its existing facility from 1 July 2020 to 3 July 2023, with an 
option to further extend to 3 October 2024. The revised facility is with Barclays Bank PLC, Royal Bank of Scotland plc and The Governor and 
Company of the Bank of Ireland and is on materially the same terms as the previous arrangement. The initial limit on the revised facility is £65m 
and the agreement provides for an accordion option whereby the facility limit may be increased by up to £35m to a total commitment of £100m. 

116

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial StatementsPro forma five year financial summary (unaudited)

Revenue 

Operating expenses (before adjusting items)

Adjusted EBITA

Other adjusting items

Gain on disposal of property

Gain on disposal of subsidiary

Amortisation of intangible assets excluding computer software

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

Operating profit/(loss)

Finance costs

Share of loss of equity accounted investment

Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax 

Taxation

Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities after tax

Adjusted profit before tax

Cash generated from operations before adjusting items

Basic earnings per ordinary share from continuing 
operations (pence)

Diluted earnings per ordinary share from continuing 
operations (pence)

Adjusted earnings per ordinary share from continuing 
operations (pence)

Interim and proposed final dividend per share (pence)

Dividend cover1

Return on equity (%)2

Return on equity excluding impairment3

Return on sales (%)4

2015
£’m

95.1

(74.7)

19.5

(1.1)

—

—

(6.1)

—

12.3

(2.0)

—

10.3

(2.4)

7.9

17.5

21.9

8.96

8.83

15.57

7.7

2.0

32.6

32.6

20.5

2016
£’m

105.7

(83.1)

22.0

(2.4)

—

—

(5.4)

(15.7)

(1.5)

(1.9)

—

(3.4)

(2.9)

(6.3)

20.3

23.9

2017
£’m

120.3

(97.0)

23.4

(3.5)

6.3

—

(6.0)

(2.4)

17.8

(2.0)

—

15.9

(3.0)

12.9

21.4

26.7

2018
Restated
£’m

121.3

(97.5)

23.8

(4.6)

—

—

(6.4)

(8.6)

4.2

(1.9)

—

2.3

(2.6)

(0.3)

21.8

25.7

2019
£’m

122.5

(101.0)

21.5

(1.4)

—

1.9

(5.1)

—

16.9

(2.1)

(0.1)

14.7

(3.5)

11.2

19.3

26.4

(7.39)

14.72

(0.45)

12.74

(7.39)

14.62

(0.45)

12.64

18.17

8.1

2.2

41.5

35.8

20.8

19.05

8.5

2.2

46.1

33.8

19.4

19.80

8.8

2.3

50.3

33.2

19.6

17.44

9.1

1.9

46.9

28.5

17.5

The results for the financial years to 30 June 2015, 2016 and 2017 are stated in accordance with the revenue recognition policies in operations 
at that time. There has been no adjustment in respect of IFRS 15 to these periods.

1 

Dividend cover – adjusted earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations divided by the interim and proposed final dividend per share.

2  Return on equity – adjusted profit before tax divided by the average equity attributable to owners of the parent.

3 

 Return on equity – adjusted profit before tax divided by the average equity attributable to owners of the parent excluding the effects of the following impairments on equity: £15.7m, 
year ended 30 June 2016; £2.4m, year ended 30 June 2017, £8.6m year ended 30 June 2018. 

4  Return on sales – adjusted EBITA divided by revenue.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019 Wilmington plc

117

Strategic ReportOur GovernanceFinancial StatementsAdvisors and corporate calendar

Financial advisors 
and joint stockbrokers
Numis Securities Limited 
10 Paternoster Square  
London  
EC4M 7LT

Canaccord Genuity Limited
88 Wood Street 
London 
EC2V 7QR

Independent auditor
Grant Thornton UK LLP
30 Finsbury Square  
London  
EC2A 1AG

Solicitors
Gowling WLG
4 More London Riverside  
London 
SE1 2AU

Principal bankers
Barclays Bank PLC
1 Churchill Place 
Canary Wharf 
London 
E14 5HP

Registrars
Equiniti Limited
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing 
BN99 6DA

Shareholder helpline
+44 (0) 371 384 2855 (UK)  
+44 121 415 7047 (overseas)

Corporate calendar 
Announcement of final results
19 September 2019

Annual General Meeting
5 November 2019

Announcement of interim results
February 2020

Registered address
10 Whitechapel High Street 
London 
E1 8QS

Wilmington plc
10 Whitechapel High Street 
London 
E1 8QS 
Tel: +44 (0)20 7490 0049 
www.wilmingtonplc.com

118

Wilmington plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2019

Financial StatementsW

i

l

m

i

n

g

t

o

n

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

F

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

S

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

0

J

u

n

e

2

0

1

9

Wilmington plc
10 Whitechapel High Street 
London 
E1 8QS

Tel: +44 (0)20 7490 0049 
www.wilmingtonplc.com